TWI639030B - Laminated body, manufacturing method thereof, retardation film, polarizing film, and manufacturing method of IPS liquid crystal panel - Google Patents

Laminated body, manufacturing method thereof, retardation film, polarizing film, and manufacturing method of IPS liquid crystal panel Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TWI639030B
TWI639030B TW102138606A TW102138606A TWI639030B TW I639030 B TWI639030 B TW I639030B TW 102138606 A TW102138606 A TW 102138606A TW 102138606 A TW102138606 A TW 102138606A TW I639030 B TWI639030 B TW I639030B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
layer
resin
liquid crystal
crystal material
film
Prior art date
Application number
TW102138606A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TW201423172A (en
Inventor
大石仁志
周宏晃
Original Assignee
日商日本傑恩股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日商日本傑恩股份有限公司 filed Critical 日商日本傑恩股份有限公司
Publication of TW201423172A publication Critical patent/TW201423172A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI639030B publication Critical patent/TWI639030B/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1335Structural association of cells with optical devices, e.g. polarisers or reflectors
    • G02F1/13363Birefringent elements, e.g. for optical compensation
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • B32B27/06Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin as the main or only constituent of a layer, which is next to another layer of the same or of a different material
    • B32B27/08Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin as the main or only constituent of a layer, which is next to another layer of the same or of a different material of synthetic resin
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • B32B27/28Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising synthetic resins not wholly covered by any one of the sub-groups B32B27/30 - B32B27/42
    • B32B27/281Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising synthetic resins not wholly covered by any one of the sub-groups B32B27/30 - B32B27/42 comprising polyimides
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • B32B27/28Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising synthetic resins not wholly covered by any one of the sub-groups B32B27/30 - B32B27/42
    • B32B27/285Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising synthetic resins not wholly covered by any one of the sub-groups B32B27/30 - B32B27/42 comprising polyethers
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • B32B27/28Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising synthetic resins not wholly covered by any one of the sub-groups B32B27/30 - B32B27/42
    • B32B27/286Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising synthetic resins not wholly covered by any one of the sub-groups B32B27/30 - B32B27/42 comprising polysulphones; polysulfides
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • B32B27/30Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising vinyl (co)polymers; comprising acrylic (co)polymers
    • B32B27/308Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising vinyl (co)polymers; comprising acrylic (co)polymers comprising acrylic (co)polymers
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • B32B27/36Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising polyesters
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • B32B27/36Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising polyesters
    • B32B27/365Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising polyesters comprising polycarbonates
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • B32B27/40Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising polyurethanes
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B7/00Layered products characterised by the relation between layers; Layered products characterised by the relative orientation of features between layers, or by the relative values of a measurable parameter between layers, i.e. products comprising layers having different physical, chemical or physicochemical properties; Layered products characterised by the interconnection of layers
    • B32B7/02Physical, chemical or physicochemical properties
    • B32B7/023Optical properties
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B7/00Layered products characterised by the relation between layers; Layered products characterised by the relative orientation of features between layers, or by the relative values of a measurable parameter between layers, i.e. products comprising layers having different physical, chemical or physicochemical properties; Layered products characterised by the interconnection of layers
    • B32B7/04Interconnection of layers
    • B32B7/12Interconnection of layers using interposed adhesives or interposed materials with bonding properties
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/30Polarising elements
    • G02B5/3083Birefringent or phase retarding elements
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2307/00Properties of the layers or laminate
    • B32B2307/40Properties of the layers or laminate having particular optical properties
    • B32B2307/42Polarizing, birefringent, filtering
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2307/00Properties of the layers or laminate
    • B32B2307/70Other properties
    • B32B2307/704Crystalline
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2457/00Electrical equipment
    • B32B2457/20Displays, e.g. liquid crystal displays, plasma displays
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/13338Input devices, e.g. touch panels
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1335Structural association of cells with optical devices, e.g. polarisers or reflectors
    • G02F1/133528Polarisers
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1335Structural association of cells with optical devices, e.g. polarisers or reflectors
    • G02F1/13363Birefringent elements, e.g. for optical compensation
    • G02F1/133635Multifunctional compensators
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1343Electrodes
    • G02F1/134309Electrodes characterised by their geometrical arrangement
    • G02F1/134363Electrodes characterised by their geometrical arrangement for applying an electric field parallel to the substrate, i.e. in-plane switching [IPS]
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F2202/00Materials and properties
    • G02F2202/28Adhesive materials or arrangements
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F2413/00Indexing scheme related to G02F1/13363, i.e. to birefringent elements, e.g. for optical compensation, characterised by the number, position, orientation or value of the compensation plates
    • G02F2413/02Number of plates being 2
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F2413/00Indexing scheme related to G02F1/13363, i.e. to birefringent elements, e.g. for optical compensation, characterised by the number, position, orientation or value of the compensation plates
    • G02F2413/05Single plate on one side of the LC cell
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F2413/00Indexing scheme related to G02F1/13363, i.e. to birefringent elements, e.g. for optical compensation, characterised by the number, position, orientation or value of the compensation plates
    • G02F2413/13Positive birefingence
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F2413/00Indexing scheme related to G02F1/13363, i.e. to birefringent elements, e.g. for optical compensation, characterised by the number, position, orientation or value of the compensation plates
    • G02F2413/14Negative birefingence

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Nonlinear Science (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Mathematical Physics (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
  • Laminated Bodies (AREA)
  • Polarising Elements (AREA)
  • Geometry (AREA)
  • Liquid Crystal (AREA)

Abstract

一種積層體,包括複層薄膜(A)、複層薄膜(B)及1層接著層,其中該複層薄膜(A)係具備基材(A1)及連接於前述基材(A1)之固有雙折射為正的非液晶性材料之層(A2);該複層薄膜(B)係具備固有雙折射為負的非液晶性材料之層(B1)及連接於前述固有雙折射為負的非液晶性材料之層(B1)之樹脂層(B2);而該1層接著層,係單獨介於前述固有雙折射為正的非液晶性材料之層(A2)之與前述基材(A1)為相反側的面、和前述固有雙折射為負的非液晶性材料之層(B1)之與前述樹脂層(B2)為相反側的面之間。 A laminate comprising a multi-layer film (A), a multi-layer film (B) and a first-layer adhesive layer, wherein the multi-layer film (A) comprises a substrate (A1) and is inherently connected to the substrate (A1) a layer (A2) of a non-liquid crystal material having a positive birefringence; the double layer film (B) having a layer (B1) of a non-liquid crystal material having a negative intrinsic birefringence and a negative connection to the intrinsic birefringence a resin layer (B2) of a layer (B1) of a liquid crystal material; and the layer of the first layer is separately interposed between the layer (A2) of the non-liquid crystal material having a positive intrinsic birefringence and the substrate (A1) The surface on the opposite side and the surface (B1) of the non-liquid crystal material having a negative intrinsic birefringence are opposite to the surface on the opposite side to the resin layer (B2).

Description

積層體及其製造方法、相位差薄膜、偏光板及IPS液晶面板之製造方法 Laminated body, manufacturing method thereof, retardation film, polarizing plate, and manufacturing method of IPS liquid crystal panel

本發明係有關於一種含有光學要素的積層體及其製造方法、相位差薄膜、偏光板及IPS液晶面板。 The present invention relates to a laminate including an optical element, a method for producing the same, a retardation film, a polarizing plate, and an IPS liquid crystal panel.

液晶顯示裝置係具有高畫質、薄型、輕量、低消耗電力等的優點,被廣泛地使用在例如電視、個人電腦、汽車導航器等。在液晶顯示裝置,係在以透射軸為正交的方式配置之2片偏光片(polarizer)(亦即,入射側偏光片及射出側偏光片)之間配置液晶胞,藉由對液晶胞施加電壓使液晶分子的配向變化而使畫面顯示影像。 The liquid crystal display device has advantages of high image quality, thinness, light weight, low power consumption, and the like, and is widely used in, for example, televisions, personal computers, car navigation systems, and the like. In a liquid crystal display device, liquid crystal cells are disposed between two polarizers (that is, an incident side polarizer and an output side polarizer) that are disposed so that transmission axes are orthogonal to each other, and are applied to liquid crystal cells. The voltage changes the alignment of the liquid crystal molecules to cause the image to be displayed on the screen.

在液晶顯示裝置,通常從與偏光片的透射軸平行的方向觀看畫面時,係能夠得到充分的對比。但是,從與透射軸不是平行的方向傾斜地觀看畫面時,因為入射側偏光片的透射軸與射出側偏光片的透射軸係在外觀上不是正交,所以直線偏光為不完全被遮斷而有產生漏光之情形。產生漏光時,無法得到充分的黑色而對比低落。因此,在液晶顯示裝置,為了防止畫面的對比低落,而有嘗試設置光學補償薄膜之情形。 In the liquid crystal display device, when the screen is generally viewed from a direction parallel to the transmission axis of the polarizer, sufficient contrast can be obtained. However, when the screen is viewed obliquely from a direction that is not parallel to the transmission axis, since the transmission axis of the incident side polarizer and the transmission axis of the emission side polarizer are not orthogonal in appearance, the linear polarization is not completely blocked. A situation in which light leakage occurs. When light leakage occurs, sufficient black cannot be obtained and the contrast is low. Therefore, in the liquid crystal display device, in order to prevent the contrast of the screen from being lowered, there is a case where an optical compensation film is attempted.

作為光學補償薄膜,通常係使用相位差薄膜。針對相位差薄膜,例如專利文獻1~10所表示,先前已開發各式 各樣的技術。 As the optical compensation film, a retardation film is usually used. For the retardation film, for example, as disclosed in Patent Documents 1 to 10, various types have been developed previously. A variety of technologies.

先前技術文獻 Prior technical literature

專利文獻 Patent literature

[專利文獻1]日本特許第3897743號公報 [Patent Document 1] Japanese Patent No. 3977743

[專利文獻2]日本特許第3962034號公報 [Patent Document 2] Japanese Patent No. 3962034

[專利文獻3]日本特許第3795512號公報 [Patent Document 3] Japanese Patent No. 3795512

[專利文獻4]日本特許第4070510號公報 [Patent Document 4] Japanese Patent No. 4070510

[專利文獻5]日本特許第4107741號公報 [Patent Document 5] Japanese Patent No. 4107741

[專利文獻6]日本特許第4636622號公報 [Patent Document 6] Japanese Patent No. 4636622

[專利文獻7]日本特許第4586326號公報 [Patent Document 7] Japanese Patent No. 4586326

[專利文獻8]日本特許第4433854號公報 [Patent Document 8] Japanese Patent No. 4433854

[專利文獻9]日本特許第4369222號公報 [Patent Document 9] Japanese Patent No. 4369222

[專利文獻10]日本特許第2660601號公報 [Patent Document 10] Japanese Patent No. 2660601

近年來,例如在行動電話、平板型個人電腦等的可攜式終端設備,係逐漸廣泛地使用觸控面板。因為使用時不會產生顯示不均,作為在觸控面板所使用的液晶顯示裝置,係適合使用IPS(面內切換;In-Plane Switching)型的液晶胞。又,作為在具備IPS型的液晶胞之液晶顯示裝置所使用的光學補償薄膜,通常,係使用將光學特性不同的複數片相位差薄膜組合而成之相位差薄膜。 In recent years, for example, in a portable terminal device such as a mobile phone or a tablet type personal computer, a touch panel has been widely used. Since the display unevenness does not occur during use, it is suitable to use an IPS (In-Plane Switching) type liquid crystal cell as the liquid crystal display device used in the touch panel. Further, as the optical compensation film used in the liquid crystal display device including the IPS type liquid crystal cell, a retardation film in which a plurality of retardation films having different optical characteristics are combined is usually used.

伴隨著最近可攜式終端設備的薄型化,光學補償 薄膜亦被要求更薄型。但是,在具備IPS型的液晶胞之液晶顯示裝置所使用的光學補償薄膜,因為係組合複數片相位差薄膜而成之相位差薄膜,所以難以將厚度薄化。 With the recent thinning of portable terminal equipment, optical compensation Films are also required to be thinner. However, since the optical compensation film used in the liquid crystal display device of the IPS type liquid crystal cell is a phase difference film in which a plurality of retardation films are combined, it is difficult to reduce the thickness.

舉出具體例時,因為通常將相位差薄膜的厚度薄化時,其相位差薄膜係容易破損,所以難以穩定地製造厚度薄的光學補償薄膜。特別是將厚度薄的複數片相位差薄膜貼合時,邊防止相位差薄膜破損邊穩定地進行貼合係困難的。因此,難以採用例如捲繞式(roll to roll)法等工業生產上較佳的製造方法。 In the case of a specific example, when the thickness of the retardation film is generally thinned, the retardation film is easily broken, so that it is difficult to stably produce a thin optical compensation film. In particular, when a plurality of thin film retardation films having a small thickness are bonded together, it is difficult to stably perform the bonding while preventing the retardation film from being damaged. Therefore, it is difficult to employ a preferred manufacturing method in industrial production such as a roll to roll method.

又,將相位差薄膜的厚度薄化時,通常,其相位差薄膜的厚度偏差對光學性能的影響有變大之傾向。因此,邊維持與先前製品同等的光學補償性能邊將光學補償薄膜的厚度係困難的。 Further, when the thickness of the retardation film is made thinner, the influence of the thickness variation of the retardation film on the optical performance tends to be large. Therefore, it is difficult to maintain the thickness of the optical compensation film while maintaining the same optical compensation performance as the prior art.

本發明係鑒於上述的課題而發明,其目的係提供一種能夠實現具有所需要的光學性能且厚度薄,而且能夠穩定地製造的相位差薄膜之積層體及其製造方法;提供一種具有所需要的光學性能且厚度薄,而且能夠穩定地製造之相位差薄膜;以及提供一種具備該相位差薄膜之偏光板及IPS液晶面板。 The present invention has been made in view of the above problems, and an object of the invention is to provide a laminated body capable of realizing a film having a desired optical performance and having a thin thickness and capable of being stably produced, and a method for producing the same, and a method for producing the same; A retardation film which is optically stable and thin, and which can be stably produced; and a polarizing plate and an IPS liquid crystal panel including the retardation film.

本發明者等為了解決上述課題而專心研討的結果,發現一種積層體,其能夠實現具有所需要的光學性能且厚度薄,而且能夠穩定地製造之相位差薄膜,而完成了本發明,其中該積層體係具備複層薄膜(A)、複層薄膜(B)及1層接著層,其中該複層薄膜(A)係具備基材(A1)及固有雙折射為正的 非液晶性材料之層(A2);該複層薄膜(B)係具備固有雙折射為負的非液晶性材料之層(B1)及樹脂層(B2);而該1層接著層,係單獨介於前述固有雙折射為正的非液晶性材料之層(A2)的面、和前述固有雙折射為負的非液晶性材料之層(B1)的面之間。 As a result of intensive studies to solve the above problems, the present inventors have found a laminate in which a retardation film having a desired optical performance and having a small thickness and stably produced can be realized, and the present invention has been completed. The laminated system comprises a multi-layer film (A), a multi-layer film (B) and a layer of an adhesive layer, wherein the multi-layer film (A) has a substrate (A1) and the intrinsic birefringence is positive a layer (A2) of a non-liquid crystal material; the multi-layer film (B) is provided with a layer (B1) and a resin layer (B2) of a non-liquid crystal material having a negative intrinsic birefringence; and the layer of the layer is an individual layer The surface of the layer (A2) of the non-liquid crystal material having the positive intrinsic birefringence is between the surface of the layer (B1) of the non-liquid crystal material having a negative intrinsic birefringence.

亦即,本發明係如以下。 That is, the present invention is as follows.

[1]一種積層體,包括複層薄膜(A)、複層薄膜(B)及1層接著層,其中該複層薄膜(A)係具備基材(A1)及連接於前述基材(A1)之固有雙折射為正的非液晶性材料之層(A2);該複層薄膜(B)係具備固有雙折射為負的非液晶性材料之層(B1)及連接於前述固有雙折射為負的非液晶性材料之層(B1)之樹脂層(B2);而該1層接著層,係單獨介於前述固有雙折射為正的非液晶性材料之層(A2)之與前述基材(A1)為相反側的面、和前述固有雙折射為負的非液晶性材料之層(B1)之與前述樹脂層(B2)為相反側的面之間。 [1] A laminate comprising a multi-layer film (A), a multi-layer film (B) and a lamination layer, wherein the multi-layer film (A) is provided with a substrate (A1) and is bonded to the substrate (A1) a layer (A2) having a positive birefringence which is a positive non-liquid crystal material; the multi-layer film (B) having a layer (B1) of a non-liquid crystal material having a negative intrinsic birefringence and a connection to the intrinsic birefringence a resin layer (B2) of a layer (B1) of a negative non-liquid crystal material; and the layer of the first layer is separately interposed between the layer (A2) of the non-liquid crystal material having a positive intrinsic birefringence and the substrate (A1) is a surface on the opposite side and a surface of the layer (B1) of the non-liquid crystal material having a negative intrinsic birefringence which is opposite to the resin layer (B2).

[2]如[1]所述之積層體,其中前述固有雙折射為負的非液晶性材料之層(B1)與前述樹脂層(B2)之間的剝離力為0.5N/20mm以下。 [2] The laminate according to [1], wherein a peeling force between the layer (B1) of the non-liquid crystal material having a negative intrinsic birefringence and the resin layer (B2) is 0.5 N/20 mm or less.

[3]如[1]或[2]所述之積層體,其中前述基材(A1)與前述固有雙折射為正的非液晶性材料之層(A2)之間的剝離力為0.05N/20mm以下。 [3] The laminate according to [1] or [2], wherein a peeling force between the substrate (A1) and the layer (A2) of the non-liquid crystal material having a positive intrinsic birefringence is 0.05 N/ 20mm or less.

[4]如[1]至[3]項中任一項所述之積層體,其中前述基材(A1)的材料之玻璃轉移溫度與前述固有雙折射為正的非液晶 性材料之玻璃轉移溫度之差為+15℃~-15℃的範圍。 [4] The laminate according to any one of [1] to [3] wherein the glass transition temperature of the material of the substrate (A1) is positive and the non-liquid crystal having a positive intrinsic birefringence The difference in glass transition temperature of the material is in the range of +15 ° C to -15 ° C.

[5]如[1]至[4]項中任一項所述之積層體,其中前述固有雙折射為負的非液晶性材料之玻璃轉移溫度Tg(B1)與前述樹脂層(B2)的樹脂之玻璃轉移溫度Tg(B2)的關係為滿足Tg(B1)>Tg(B2)+20℃。 [5] The laminate according to any one of [1] to [4] wherein the glass transition temperature Tg (B1) of the non-liquid crystalline material having the intrinsic birefringence is negative and the resin layer (B2) The relationship of the glass transition temperature Tg (B2) of the resin is such that Tg(B1)>Tg(B2)+20°C is satisfied.

[6]如[1]至[5]項中任一項所述之積層體,其中前述固有雙折射為負的非液晶性材料之層(B1)的拉伸斷裂延伸度為20%以下。 [6] The layered body according to any one of [1] to [5] wherein the layer (B1) of the non-liquid crystal material having a negative intrinsic birefringence has a tensile elongation at break of 20% or less.

[7]如[1]至[6]項中任一項所述之積層體,其中基材(A1),係使用選自由具有脂環式結構的聚合物樹脂、(甲基)丙烯酸樹脂、聚碳酸酯樹脂、(甲基)丙烯酸酯-乙烯基芳香族化合物共聚物樹脂、及聚醚碸樹脂所組成群組之樹脂而形成。 [7] The laminate according to any one of [1] to [6] wherein the substrate (A1) is selected from the group consisting of a polymer resin having an alicyclic structure, a (meth)acrylic resin, It is formed by a resin of a group consisting of a polycarbonate resin, a (meth) acrylate-vinyl aromatic compound copolymer resin, and a polyether oxime resin.

[8]如[1]至[7]項中任一項所述之積層體,其中前述固有雙折射為正的非液晶性材料,係選自由聚醯亞胺樹脂、順丁烯二醯亞胺樹脂、聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂、聚碳酸酯樹脂、聚酯樹脂、聚胺酯脲樹脂所組成群組。 [8] The laminate according to any one of [1] to [7] wherein the intrinsic birefringence is a positive non-liquid crystalline material selected from the group consisting of polyimine resin and maleic acid. A group consisting of an amine resin, a polyamidoximine resin, a polycarbonate resin, a polyester resin, and a polyurethane urea resin.

[9]如[1]至[8]項中任一項所述之積層體,其中前述固有雙折射為負的非液晶性材料,係含有將選自由苯乙烯類、苯乙烯類-順丁烯二酸、順丁烯二醯亞胺類及(甲基)丙烯酸酯所組成群組之1種類以上的單體聚合而成的聚合物,及選自由聚碳酸酯聚合物、聚酯聚合物及聚伸芳基醚(polyarylene ether)聚合物所組成群組之1種類以上的聚合物之混合物。 [9] The laminate according to any one of [1] to [8] wherein the intrinsic birefringence is a negative non-liquid crystalline material, which is selected from the group consisting of styrenes, styrenes, and cis a polymer obtained by polymerizing a monomer of one or more types consisting of a group consisting of enedioic acid, maleimide, and (meth) acrylate, and a polymer selected from the group consisting of a polycarbonate polymer and a polyester polymer And a mixture of one or more types of polymers of a group consisting of polyarylene ether polymers.

[10]如[1]至[9]項中任一項所述之積層體,其中前述樹脂層(B2)係使用選自由具有脂環式結構的聚合物樹脂、(甲基)丙 烯酸樹脂、聚碳酸酯樹脂、(甲基)丙烯酸酯-乙烯基芳香族化合物共聚物樹脂、及聚醚碸樹脂所組成群組的樹脂而形成。 [10] The laminate according to any one of [1] to [9] wherein the resin layer (B2) is selected from a polymer resin having an alicyclic structure, (meth) propyl It is formed of a resin composed of an olefin resin, a polycarbonate resin, a (meth) acrylate-vinyl aromatic compound copolymer resin, and a polyether oxime resin.

[11]一種製造方法,其係如[1]至[10]項中任一項所述之積層體之製造方法,包括:將使固有雙折射為正的非液晶性材料溶解於溶劑之溶液展開在前述基材(A1)上之步驟;將展開後的前述溶液乾燥之步驟;及在將前述溶液乾燥之後,將前述基材(A1)延伸而得到前述複層薄膜(A)之步驟。 [11] A method of producing a laminate according to any one of [1] to [10], comprising: a solution in which a non-liquid crystal material having a positive intrinsic birefringence is dissolved in a solvent a step of developing the substrate (A1); a step of drying the developed solution; and a step of stretching the substrate (A1) to obtain the multilayer film (A).

[12]一種製造方法,其係如[1]至[10]項中任一項所述之積層體之製造方法,包括:將前述固有雙折射為負的非液晶性材料及形成前述樹脂層(B2)之樹脂進行共擠製而得到依照順序具備前述樹脂層(B2)、前述固有雙折射為負的非液晶性材料之層(B1)、及前述樹脂層(B2)之複層薄膜(b)之步驟;將前述複層薄膜(b)延伸之步驟;及將一側的前述樹脂層(B2)從延伸後的前述複層薄膜(b)剝離而得到前述複層薄膜(B)之步驟。 [12] A method of producing a laminate according to any one of [1] to [10], comprising: forming a non-liquid crystal material having a negative intrinsic birefringence and forming the resin layer The resin of (B2) is co-extruded to obtain a layer (B1) having the resin layer (B2), a non-liquid crystal material having a negative intrinsic birefringence, and a multi-layer film of the resin layer (B2). a step of b), a step of extending the laminated film (b); and peeling the resin layer (B2) on one side from the stretched film (b) to obtain the multilayer film (B) step.

[13]一種製造方法,其係如[1]至[10]項中任一項所述之積層體之製造方法,包括:在前述固有雙折射為正的非液晶性材料之層(A2)之與前述基材(A1)為相反側的面、及在前述固有雙折射為負的非液晶性材料之層(B1)之與前述樹脂層(B2)為相反側的面之中之一側的面,形成前述接著層之步驟; 將前述接著層、及未形成有前述接著層之另一側的面貼合之步驟。 [13] A method of producing a laminate according to any one of [1] to [10], comprising: a layer (A2) of a non-liquid crystal material having positive intrinsic birefringence; One side opposite to the base material (A1) and one side of the surface opposite to the resin layer (B2) of the layer (B1) of the non-liquid crystal material having a negative intrinsic birefringence a step of forming the aforementioned adhesive layer; The step of bonding the above-mentioned adhesive layer and the surface on which the other side of the adhesive layer is not formed is bonded.

[14]一種相位差薄膜,其係將前述基材(A1)及前述樹脂層(B2)從如[1]至[10]項中任一項所述之積層體剝離而成。 [14] A retardation film obtained by peeling the substrate (A1) and the resin layer (B2) from the laminate according to any one of [1] to [10].

[15]一種偏光板,其係具備偏光片(polarizer)及如[14]所述之相位差薄膜。 [15] A polarizing plate comprising a polarizer and a retardation film according to [14].

[16]IPS液晶面板,其係具備IPS型的液晶胞及如[15]所述之偏光板。 [16] An IPS liquid crystal panel comprising an IPS type liquid crystal cell and a polarizing plate according to [15].

依照本發明,能夠提供一種能夠實現具有所需要的光學性能且厚度薄,而且能夠穩定地製造的相位差薄膜之積層體及其製造方法;提供一種具有所需要的光學性能且厚度薄,而且能夠穩定地製造之相位差薄膜;以及提供一種具備該相位差薄膜之偏光板及IPS液晶面板。 According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a laminated body capable of realizing a film having a desired optical performance and having a thin thickness and capable of being stably manufactured, and a method of manufacturing the same; and providing a film having a desired optical property and having a small thickness and capable of A retardation film produced stably; and a polarizing plate and an IPS liquid crystal panel including the retardation film.

10‧‧‧複層薄膜(A) 10‧‧‧Multilayer film (A)

11‧‧‧基材(A1) 11‧‧‧Substrate (A1)

11U‧‧‧基材(A1)的表面 Surface of 11U‧‧‧ substrate (A1)

12‧‧‧固有雙折射為正的非液晶性材料之層(A2) 12‧‧‧Layer of non-liquid crystalline material with intrinsic birefringence (A2)

12U‧‧‧固有雙折射為正的非液晶性材料之層(A2)之與基材(A1)為相反側的面 12U‧‧‧Face of the non-liquid crystalline material layer (A2) having the opposite intrinsic birefringence and the opposite side of the substrate (A1)

20‧‧‧複層薄膜(B) 20‧‧‧Multilayer film (B)

21‧‧‧固有雙折射為負的非液晶性材料之層(B1) 21‧‧‧Layer of non-liquid crystalline material with inherent birefringence (B1)

21D‧‧‧固有雙折射為負的非液晶性材料之層(B1)之與樹脂層(B2)為相反側的面 21D‧‧‧Face of the non-liquid crystalline material layer (B1) having a negative intrinsic birefringence and the opposite side of the resin layer (B2)

22‧‧‧樹脂層(B2) 22‧‧‧Resin layer (B2)

30‧‧‧接著層 30‧‧‧Next layer

100‧‧‧積層體 100‧‧‧Layer

200‧‧‧複層薄膜(A)的製造裝置 200‧‧‧Manufacturing device for laminated film (A)

210‧‧‧展開部 210‧‧‧Expanding Department

220‧‧‧乾燥部 220‧‧‧Drying Department

230‧‧‧延伸部 230‧‧‧Extension

240‧‧‧溶液 240‧‧‧solution

250‧‧‧延伸前薄膜 250‧‧‧Extended film

300‧‧‧複層薄膜(b)的製造裝置 300‧‧‧Manufacturing device for laminated film (b)

310‧‧‧延伸後的複層薄膜(b) 310‧‧‧ Extension of laminated film (b)

320‧‧‧薄膜成型部 320‧‧‧Film Forming Department

321‧‧‧模具 321‧‧‧Mold

322‧‧‧冷卻輥 322‧‧‧Cooling roller

330‧‧‧延伸部 330‧‧‧Extension

340‧‧‧延伸前的複層薄膜(b) 340‧‧‧Multilayer film before extension (b)

400‧‧‧積層體的製造裝置 400‧‧‧Manufacturing device for laminated bodies

410‧‧‧剝離部 410‧‧‧ peeling department

420‧‧‧塗布部 420‧‧‧ Coating Department

430‧‧‧貼合部 430‧‧‧Fitting Department

431‧‧‧貼合輥 431‧‧‧Fitting roller

432‧‧‧對輥 432‧‧‧pair rolls

440‧‧‧硬化處理部 440‧‧‧ Hardening Department

450‧‧‧樹脂層(B2) 450‧‧‧Resin layer (B2)

460‧‧‧接著劑 460‧‧‧Binder

500‧‧‧偏光板 500‧‧‧Polar plate

510‧‧‧偏光片 510‧‧‧ polarizer

520‧‧‧相位差薄膜 520‧‧‧ phase difference film

530‧‧‧接著層或黏著層 530‧‧‧Next layer or adhesive layer

600‧‧‧液晶面板 600‧‧‧ LCD panel

610‧‧‧液晶胞 610‧‧‧LCD

第1圖係示意性顯示將本發明的一實施形態之積層體,在垂直於其主面的平面切割之剖面之圖。 Fig. 1 is a view schematically showing a cross section of a laminated body according to an embodiment of the present invention, which is cut in a plane perpendicular to the principal surface thereof.

第2圖係示意性顯示製造複層薄膜(A)之製造裝置的例子之概略圖。 Fig. 2 is a schematic view showing an example of a manufacturing apparatus for producing a multi-layer film (A).

第3圖係示意性顯示製造複層薄膜(b)之製造裝置的例子之概略圖。 Fig. 3 is a schematic view showing an example of a manufacturing apparatus for manufacturing a multi-layer film (b).

第4圖係示意性顯示將複層薄膜(A)及複層薄膜(B)貼合而製造積層體之裝置的例子之概略圖。 Fig. 4 is a schematic view showing an example of an apparatus for bonding a multi-layer film (A) and a multi-layer film (B) to produce a laminate.

第5圖係示意性顯示將本發明的一實施形態之偏光板,在其垂直於主面的平面之剖面之圖。 Fig. 5 is a view schematically showing a cross section of a polarizing plate according to an embodiment of the present invention, which is perpendicular to a plane of a principal surface.

第6圖係示意性顯示將本發明的一實施形態之液晶面板,在其垂直於主面的平面之剖面之圖。 Fig. 6 is a view schematically showing a cross section of a liquid crystal panel according to an embodiment of the present invention, which is perpendicular to a plane of a principal surface.

用以實施發明之形態 Form for implementing the invention

以下,揭示實施形態及例示物等而詳細地說明本發明。但是,本發明係不被以下所揭示的實施形態及例示物等限定,在不脫離本發明申請專利範圍及其均等的範圍之範圍,可任意地變更而實施。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in detail by explaining the embodiments, the examples, and the like. However, the present invention is not limited by the embodiments and the examples disclosed below, and may be arbitrarily changed without departing from the scope of the invention and the scope of the invention.

在以下的說明,所謂「長條」係指相對於寬度,具有至少5倍以上的長度,較佳是具有10倍或其以上的長度,具體而言,係指具有能夠被捲取成為捲物狀而被保管或運搬的程度之長度者。 In the following description, the term "long strip" means a length of at least 5 times or more with respect to the width, preferably 10 times or more, and specifically means that it can be wound into a roll. The length of the degree of being stored or transported.

又,所謂「基材」及「偏光板」,係不僅是剛直的構件,亦包含例如樹脂製的薄膜般之具有可撓性之構件。 Moreover, the "base material" and the "polarizing plate" are not only rigid members but also flexible members such as a resin film.

又,只要是未特別事先告知,薄膜之面內方向的遲滯值係以(nx-ny)×d表示之值。又,只要是未特別事先告知,薄膜的厚度方向之遲滯值係以{|nx+ny|/2-nz}×d表示之值。在此,nx係表示垂直於薄膜的厚度方向之方向(面內方向)且是提供最大折射率的方向之折射率。ny係表示前述面內方向且是在與nx的方向正交的方向之折射率。nz係表示厚度方向之折射率。d係表示薄膜的厚度。該等的遲滯值係能夠使用市售的相位差測定裝置(例如,王子計測機器公司製、 「KOBRA-21ADH」,Photonic Lattice公司製、「WPA-micro」)或是色拿蒙(Senarmont)法而測定。 Further, the hysteresis value in the in-plane direction of the film is a value represented by (nx-ny) × d unless otherwise notified in advance. Further, the hysteresis value in the thickness direction of the film is a value expressed by {|nx+ny|/2-nz}×d unless otherwise notified in advance. Here, nx means a direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the film (in-plane direction) and a refractive index in a direction providing the maximum refractive index. The ny system indicates the in-plane direction and is a refractive index in a direction orthogonal to the direction of nx. The nz line indicates the refractive index in the thickness direction. d is the thickness of the film. These hysteresis values can be obtained by using a commercially available phase difference measuring device (for example, manufactured by Oji Scientific Instruments Co., Ltd.). "KOBRA-21ADH", manufactured by Photonic Lattice, "WPA-micro" or Senarmont.

而且,所謂「(甲基)丙烯酸酯」,係意味著「丙烯酸酯」或「甲基丙烯酸酯」;所謂「(甲基)丙烯醯基」,係意味著「丙烯醯基」或「甲基丙烯醯基」;所謂「(甲基)丙烯腈」,係意味著「丙烯腈」或「甲基丙烯腈」。 In addition, "(meth)acrylate" means "acrylate" or "methacrylate"; "(meth)acryloyl group" means "acryloyl" or "methyl" "Acrylhydrazine"; "(meth)acrylonitrile" means "acrylonitrile" or "methacrylonitrile".

又,所謂「紫外線」,係意味著波長為1nm以上且400nm以下的光線。] In addition, "ultraviolet light" means light having a wavelength of 1 nm or more and 400 nm or less. ]

又,所謂要素的方向為「平行」、「垂直」及「正交」,只要未事先告知,在不損害本發明的效果之範圍內,亦可含有例如在±5°的範圍內的誤差。而且,所謂「沿著」某方向,係與某方向「平行」之意思。 Further, the directions of the elements are "parallel", "vertical", and "orthogonal", and may be included in an error of, for example, ±5° within a range that does not impair the effects of the present invention, unless otherwise notified. Moreover, the so-called "along" in a certain direction means "parallel" to a certain direction.

而且,MD方向(machine direction)係在製造線之薄膜的流動方向,通常係與長條薄膜之長度方向及縱向平行。而且,TD方向(traverse direction)係與薄膜面平行的方向,且係與MD方向垂直的方向,通常係與長條薄膜之寬度方向及橫向平行。 Further, the MD direction is the flow direction of the film of the manufacturing line, and is usually parallel to the longitudinal direction and the longitudinal direction of the long film. Further, the traverse direction is a direction parallel to the film surface and perpendicular to the MD direction, and is generally parallel to the width direction and the lateral direction of the long film.

又,所謂固有雙折射為正,係意味著相較於與延伸方向正交的方向之折射率,延伸方向的折射率為較大,所謂固有雙折射為負,係意味著相較於與延伸方向正交的方向之折射率,延伸方向的折射率為較小。固有雙折射的值亦能夠從介電常數分布計算。 Further, the fact that the intrinsic birefringence is positive means that the refractive index in the extending direction is larger than the refractive index in the direction orthogonal to the extending direction, and the intrinsic birefringence is negative, which means that the stretching is longer than The refractive index in the direction orthogonal to the direction has a small refractive index in the extending direction. The value of intrinsic birefringence can also be calculated from the dielectric constant distribution.

而且,在以下進行說明的聚合物,只要是未特別事先告知,該聚合物所含有的結構單元之比例,係通常與在該 聚合物的總單體之對應前述結構單元的單體之比例(添加比)一致。 Further, as long as the polymer described below is not specifically notified, the ratio of the structural unit contained in the polymer is usually The ratio of the total monomer of the polymer to the monomer of the aforementioned structural unit (addition ratio) is identical.

[1.積層體] [1. Laminated body]

第1圖係示意性顯示將本發明的一實施形態之積層體,在垂直於其主面的平面切割之剖面之圖。如第1圖所顯示,積層體100係具備複層薄膜(A)10、複層薄膜(B)20、及將複層薄膜(A)10及複層薄膜(B)20接著之接著層30。 Fig. 1 is a view schematically showing a cross section of a laminated body according to an embodiment of the present invention, which is cut in a plane perpendicular to the principal surface thereof. As shown in Fig. 1, the laminated body 100 is provided with a multi-layer film (A) 10, a multi-layer film (B) 20, and a multi-layer film (A) 10 and a multi-layer film (B) 20 followed by a layer 30. .

[1.1.複層薄膜(A)] [1.1. Multilayer film (A)]

如第1圖所顯示,複層薄膜(A)10係具備基材(A1)11、及非液晶性材料之層(A2)12。因為非液晶性材料之層(A2)12係連接基材(A1)11,所以在基材(A1)11與非液晶性材料之層(A2)12之間係未設置有其他層。 As shown in Fig. 1, the multi-layer film (A) 10 is provided with a substrate (A1) 11 and a layer (A2) 12 of a non-liquid crystal material. Since the layer (A2) 12 of the non-liquid crystal material is connected to the substrate (A1) 11, no other layer is provided between the substrate (A1) 11 and the layer (A2) 12 of the non-liquid crystal material.

[1.1.1.基材(A1)] [1.1.1. Substrate (A1)]

作為基材(A1),通常係使用樹脂薄膜。形成基材(A1之樹脂的種類係沒有特別限定,以透明樹脂為佳。在此所謂透明,係指具有適合使用於光學構件之程度的光線透射率之意思,例如用厚度1mm的試片而測定之總光線透射率,係通常為70%以上,較佳為80%以上,特佳為90%以上。又,前述的總光線透射率之上限,係通常為100%。又,總光線透射率係能夠依據JIS K0115,使用分光光度計(日本分光公司製、紫外可見近紅外線分光光度計「V-570」)而測定。 As the substrate (A1), a resin film is usually used. The type of the resin to be formed (A1) is not particularly limited, and a transparent resin is preferred. Here, the term "transparent" means a light transmittance which is suitable for use in an optical member, and is, for example, a test piece having a thickness of 1 mm. The total light transmittance measured is usually 70% or more, preferably 80% or more, and particularly preferably 90% or more. Further, the upper limit of the total light transmittance is usually 100%. The rate can be measured by using a spectrophotometer (manufactured by JASCO Corporation, UV-Vis NIR spectrophotometer "V-570") in accordance with JIS K0115.

作為形成基材(A1)之材料的樹脂,例如,可舉出聚乙烯樹脂、聚丙烯樹脂等的聚烯烴樹脂;降莰烯系樹脂等的具有脂環式結構的聚合物樹脂;聚醯亞胺樹脂、聚醯胺醯亞胺樹 脂、聚醯胺樹脂、聚醚醯亞胺樹脂、聚醚醚酮樹脂、聚醚酮樹脂、聚酮硫醚樹脂、聚醚碸樹脂、聚碸樹脂、聚苯硫(polyphenylene sulfide)樹脂、聚苯醚樹脂、聚對酞酸乙二酯樹脂、聚對酞酸丁二酯樹脂、聚萘二甲酸乙二酯樹脂、聚縮醛樹脂、聚碳酸酯樹脂、聚芳香酯(polyarylate)樹脂、(甲基)丙烯酸樹脂、聚乙烯醇樹脂、聚丙烯樹脂、纖維素系樹脂、環氧樹脂、酚樹脂、(甲基)丙烯酸酯-乙烯基芳香族化合物共聚物樹脂、異丁烯/N-甲基順丁烯二醯亞胺共聚物樹脂、苯乙烯/丙烯腈共聚物樹脂等。該等係可單獨使用1種類,亦可以任意比率組合2種類以上。例如,異丁烯/N-甲基順丁烯二醯亞胺共聚物樹脂及苯乙烯/丙烯腈共聚物樹脂,係以組合成為混合物而使用為佳。 Examples of the resin forming the material of the base material (A1) include a polyolefin resin such as a polyethylene resin or a polypropylene resin; a polymer resin having an alicyclic structure such as a decene-based resin; Amine resin, polyamidamine tree Lipid, polyamide resin, polyether oxime resin, polyether ether ketone resin, polyether ketone resin, polyketone sulfide resin, polyether oxime resin, polyfluorene resin, polyphenylene sulfide resin, poly Phenyl ether resin, polyethylene terephthalate resin, polybutylene terephthalate resin, polyethylene naphthalate resin, polyacetal resin, polycarbonate resin, polyarylate resin, Methyl)acrylic resin, polyvinyl alcohol resin, polypropylene resin, cellulose resin, epoxy resin, phenol resin, (meth) acrylate-vinyl aromatic compound copolymer resin, isobutylene / N-methyl cis Butylenediamine copolymer resin, styrene/acrylonitrile copolymer resin, and the like. These types may be used alone or in combination of two or more types in any ratio. For example, an isobutylene/N-methylbutyleneimine copolymer resin and a styrene/acrylonitrile copolymer resin are preferably used in combination as a mixture.

該等之中,以選自由具有脂環式結構的聚合物樹脂、(甲基)丙烯酸樹脂、聚碳酸酯樹脂、(甲基)丙烯酸酯-乙烯基芳香族化合物共聚物樹脂、及聚醚碸樹脂所組成群組之樹脂為佳。該等樹脂係機械強度優異,又,能夠減少因延伸而顯現的遲滯值。 Among these, it is selected from a polymer resin having an alicyclic structure, a (meth)acrylic resin, a polycarbonate resin, a (meth) acrylate-vinyl aromatic compound copolymer resin, and a polyether oxime. The resin of the group consisting of resins is preferred. These resins are excellent in mechanical strength and can reduce the hysteresis value which appears due to stretching.

具有脂環式結構的聚合物樹脂,係含有具有脂環式結構的聚合物之樹脂。又,具有脂環式結構的聚合物,係具有含有脂環式結構的結構單元作為聚合物的結構單元之聚合物,在主鏈具有脂環式結構的聚合物、及在側鏈具有脂環式結構的聚合物的任一者均能夠使用。又,具有脂環式結構的聚合物,係可單獨使用1種類,亦可以任意比率組合2種類以上而使用。從機械強度、耐熱性等之觀點,尤其是以在主鏈含有脂 環式結構的聚合物為佳。 A polymer resin having an alicyclic structure is a resin containing a polymer having an alicyclic structure. Further, the polymer having an alicyclic structure is a polymer having a structural unit containing an alicyclic structure as a structural unit of a polymer, a polymer having an alicyclic structure in a main chain, and an alicyclic ring in a side chain. Any of the polymers of the formula can be used. Further, the polymer having an alicyclic structure may be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds in any ratio. From the viewpoints of mechanical strength, heat resistance, etc., especially in the main chain containing fat A polymer of a ring structure is preferred.

作為脂環式結構,例如,可舉出飽和脂環式烴(環烷)結構、不飽和脂環式烴(環烯、環炔)結構等。從機械強度、耐熱性等之觀點,尤其是以環烷結構及環烯結構為佳,尤其是以環烷結構為特佳。 Examples of the alicyclic structure include a saturated alicyclic hydrocarbon (cycloalkane) structure, an unsaturated alicyclic hydrocarbon (cycloalkenene, cycloalkyne) structure, and the like. From the viewpoints of mechanical strength, heat resistance and the like, in particular, a naphthene structure and a cycloolefin structure are preferable, and particularly a naphthene structure is particularly preferable.

構成脂環式結構之碳原子數,係每一個脂環式結構,以4個以上為佳,較佳為5個以上,以30個以下為佳,較佳為20個以下,特佳為15個以下的範圍。藉此,機械強度、耐熱性、及薄膜的成形性係能夠高度地平衡,乃是適合的。 The number of carbon atoms constituting the alicyclic structure is preferably 4 or more, preferably 5 or more, preferably 30 or less, preferably 20 or less, and particularly preferably 15 or less per alicyclic structure. The following range. Thereby, mechanical strength, heat resistance, and film formability can be highly balanced, which is suitable.

具有脂環式結構的聚合物中之含有脂環式結構的結構單元之比率,係能夠按照使用目的而適當地選擇。具體而言,該比率係較佳為55重量%以上,更佳為70重量%以上,特佳為90重量%以上,又,通常為100重量%以下。具有脂環式結構的聚合物中之含有脂環式結構的結構單元之比率為該範圍時,從耐熱性之觀點,乃是較佳。 The ratio of the structural unit containing an alicyclic structure among the polymers having an alicyclic structure can be appropriately selected depending on the purpose of use. Specifically, the ratio is preferably 55 wt% or more, more preferably 70 wt% or more, particularly preferably 90 wt% or more, and usually 100 wt% or less. When the ratio of the structural unit containing an alicyclic structure in the polymer having an alicyclic structure is in this range, it is preferable from the viewpoint of heat resistance.

作為具有脂環式結構的聚合物的例子,能夠舉出降莰烯系聚合物、單環的環狀烯烴系聚合物、環狀共軛雙鍵系聚合物、乙烯基脂環式烴系聚合物、及該等的氫化物。該等之中,因為成形性良好,以降莰烯系聚合物為適合。 Examples of the polymer having an alicyclic structure include a norbornene-based polymer, a monocyclic cyclic olefin-based polymer, a cyclic conjugated double bond-based polymer, and a vinyl alicyclic hydrocarbon-based polymerization. And the hydrides of the materials. Among these, since the formability is good, a decene-based polymer is suitable.

作為降莰烯系聚合物的例子,能夠舉出具有降莰烯結構的單體之開環聚合物、或是具有降莰烯結構的單體與任意單體之開環共聚物、或該等的氫化物;具有降莰烯結構的單體之加成聚合物、或是具有降莰烯結構的單體與任意單體之加成共聚物、或該等的氫化物。該等之中,從成形性、耐熱性、 低吸濕性、尺寸安定性、輕量性等之觀點,以具有降莰烯結構的單體之開環(共)聚合物氫化物為特別適合。在此所謂「(共)聚合物」,係指聚合物及共聚物。 Examples of the norbornene-based polymer include a ring-opening polymer having a monomer having a norbornene structure, a ring-opening copolymer having a monomer having a norbornene structure and any monomer, or the like. a hydride; an addition polymer of a monomer having a norbornene structure; or an addition copolymer of a monomer having a norbornene structure and any monomer, or a hydride of the same. Among these, from formability, heat resistance, From the viewpoints of low hygroscopicity, dimensional stability, lightness, and the like, a ring-opened (co)polymer hydride having a monomer having a norbornene structure is particularly suitable. The term "(co)polymer" as used herein means a polymer and a copolymer.

作為具有降莰烯結構的單體,例如,能夠舉出二環[2.2.1]庚-2-烯(慣用名:降莰烯)、三環[4.3.0.12,5]癸-3,7-二烯(慣用名:二環戊二烯)、7,8-苯并三環[4.3.0.12,5]癸-3-烯(慣用名:亞甲基四氫茀)、四環[4.4.0.12,5.17,10]十二基-3-烯(慣用名:四環十二烯)、及該等化合物的衍生物(例如,在環具有取代基者)等。在此,作為取代基,例如能夠舉出烷基、伸烷基、極性基等。又,該等取代基,係可相同或不同且亦可以複數個鍵結成為環。又,具有降莰烯結構的單體,係可單獨使用1種類,亦可以任意比率組合2種類以上而使用。 Examples of the monomer having a norbornene structure include bicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene (common name: norpene) and tricyclo [4.3.0.12, 5] 癸-3, 7 -diene (common name: dicyclopentadiene), 7,8-benzotricyclo[4.3.0.12,5]non-3-ene (common name: methylenetetrahydroanthracene), tetracyclic [4.4 .0.12, 5.17, 10] dodecyl-3-ene (common name: tetracyclododecene), and derivatives of such compounds (for example, those having a substituent in the ring) and the like. Here, examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, an alkylene group, and a polar group. Further, the substituents may be the same or different and may be bonded in a plurality of bonds to form a ring. Further, the monomer having a decene-lowering structure may be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds in any ratio.

作為能夠與具有降莰烯結構的單體開環共聚合之任意單體,例如,可舉出環己烯、環庚烯、環辛烯等的單環狀烯烴類及其衍生物;環己二烯、環庚二烯等的環狀共軛雙鍵及其衍生物等。能夠與具有降莰烯結構的單體開環共聚合之任意單體,係可單獨使用1種類,亦可以任意比率組合2種類以上而使用。 Examples of the monomer which can be ring-open-copolymerized with a monomer having a norbornene structure include, for example, monocyclic olefins such as cyclohexene, cycloheptene, and cyclooctene, and derivatives thereof; a cyclic conjugated double bond such as a diene or a cycloheptadiene or a derivative thereof. Any monomer which can be subjected to ring-opening copolymerization with a monomer having a norbornene structure may be used singly or in combination of two or more kinds in any ratio.

具有降莰烯結構的單體之開環聚合物、及能夠與具有降莰烯結構的單體共聚合之任意單體之開環共聚物,係例如能夠藉由在習知的開環聚合觸媒之存在下將單體進行聚合或共聚合來製造。 a ring-opening polymer of a monomer having a norbornene structure, and a ring-opening copolymer of any monomer copolymerizable with a monomer having a norbornene structure, for example, by a conventional ring opening polymerization The monomer is polymerized or copolymerized in the presence of a medium to produce.

作為能夠與具有降莰烯結構的單體加成共聚合之任意單體,例如可舉出乙烯、丙烯、1-丁烯等的碳原子數2~20 的α-烯烴及該等的衍生物;環丁烯、環庚烯、環己烯等的環烯烴及該等的衍生物;1,4-己二烯、4-甲基-1,4-己二烯、5-甲基-1,4-己二烯等的非共軛雙鍵等。該等之中,以α-烯烴為佳,以乙烯為較佳。又,能夠與具有降莰烯結構的單體加成共聚合之任意單體,係可單獨使用1種類,亦可以任意比率組合2種類以上而使用。 Examples of the monomer which can be copolymerized with a monomer having a norbornene structure include, for example, ethylene, propylene, and 1-butene having 2 to 20 carbon atoms. Alpha-olefins and derivatives thereof; cyclic olefins such as cyclobutene, cycloheptene, cyclohexene and the like; and derivatives thereof; 1,4-hexadiene, 4-methyl-1,4- A non-conjugated double bond such as hexadiene or 5-methyl-1,4-hexadiene. Among these, α-olefin is preferred, and ethylene is preferred. In addition, any monomer which can be copolymerized with a monomer having a norbornene structure may be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds in any ratio.

具有降莰烯結構的單體之加成聚合物、及能夠具有與降莰烯結構的單體共聚合之任意單體之加成共聚物,係例如能夠藉由在習知的加成聚合觸媒之存在下,將單體進行聚合或共聚合來製造。 An addition polymer of a monomer having a norbornene structure, and an addition copolymer of any monomer capable of copolymerizing a monomer having a norbornene structure, for example, can be contacted by a conventional addition polymerization In the presence of a medium, a monomer is polymerized or copolymerized to produce.

作為單環的環狀烯烴系聚合物,例如,能夠舉出環己烯、環庚烯、環辛烯等具有單環之環狀烯烴系單體的加成聚合物。 The cyclic olefin polymer which is a monocyclic ring may, for example, be an addition polymer of a cyclic olefin monomer having a single ring such as cyclohexene, cycloheptene or cyclooctene.

作為環狀共軛雙鍵系聚合物,例如,能夠舉出將1,3-丁二烯、異戊二烯、氯丁二烯等共軛雙鍵系單體的加成聚合物環化反應而得到的聚合物;環戊二烯、環己二烯等環狀共軛雙鍵系單體的1,2-或1,4-加成聚合物;及該等的氫化物等。 The cyclic conjugated double bond polymer may, for example, be an cyclization reaction of an addition polymer of a conjugated double bond monomer such as 1,3-butadiene, isoprene or chloroprene. The obtained polymer; a 1,2- or 1,4-addition polymer of a cyclic conjugated double bond monomer such as cyclopentadiene or cyclohexadiene; and such a hydride or the like.

作為乙烯基脂環式烴系聚合物,係例如,能夠舉出乙烯基環己烯、乙烯基環己烷等的乙烯基脂環式烴系單體的聚合物及其氫化物;將使苯乙烯、α-甲基苯乙烯等的乙烯基芳香族烴系單體聚合而成之聚合物中所含有的芳香環部分氫化而成之氫化物;乙烯基脂環式烴系單體、或乙烯基芳香族烴系單體及能夠對該等乙烯基芳香族烴系單體共聚合之任意單體之無規共聚物或嵌段共聚物等的共聚物之芳香環的氫化物 等。作為前述的嵌段共聚物,例如,能夠舉出二嵌段共聚物、三嵌段共聚物或其以上的多嵌段共聚物、及傾斜嵌段共聚物等。 Examples of the vinyl alicyclic hydrocarbon-based polymer include a polymer of a vinyl alicyclic hydrocarbon monomer such as vinylcyclohexene or vinylcyclohexane, and a hydrogenated product thereof; a hydrogenated product obtained by partially hydrogenating an aromatic ring contained in a polymer obtained by polymerizing a vinyl aromatic hydrocarbon monomer such as ethylene or α-methylstyrene; a vinyl alicyclic hydrocarbon monomer or ethylene; Aromatic ring hydride of a copolymer of a random aromatic copolymer or a block copolymer of any monomer capable of copolymerizing the vinyl aromatic hydrocarbon monomer Wait. Examples of the block copolymer include a diblock copolymer, a multi-block copolymer of a triblock copolymer or the like, and a tilted block copolymer.

(甲基)丙烯酸樹脂,係含有(甲基)丙烯基聚合物的樹脂。又,所謂(甲基)丙烯基聚合物,係意味著(甲基)丙烯酸或(甲基)丙烯酸衍生物的聚合物。作為(甲基)丙烯基聚合物,例如,可舉出丙烯酸、丙烯酸酯、丙烯醯胺、丙烯腈、甲基丙烯酸及甲基丙烯酸酯等的同元聚合物及共聚物。又,(甲基)丙烯基聚合物,係可單獨使用1種類,亦可以任意比率組合2種類以上而使用。因為(甲基)丙烯酸樹脂係強度高且硬,所以能夠提高積層體的強度。 The (meth)acrylic resin is a resin containing a (meth)acryl-based polymer. Further, the (meth)acryl-based polymer means a polymer of (meth)acrylic acid or a (meth)acrylic acid derivative. Examples of the (meth)acryl-based polymer include homopolymers and copolymers of acrylic acid, acrylate, acrylamide, acrylonitrile, methacrylic acid, and methacrylic acid ester. Further, the (meth) propylene-based polymer may be used singly or in combination of two or more kinds in any ratio. Since the (meth)acrylic resin is high in strength and hard, the strength of the laminate can be improved.

作為(甲基)丙烯基聚合物,係以含有將(甲基)丙烯酸酯聚合而形成的結構單元之聚合物為佳。作為(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如可舉出(甲基)丙烯酸的烷酯。尤其是以具有從(甲基)丙烯酸及碳原子數1~15的烷醇或環烷醇所衍生的結構者為佳,以具有從碳原子數1~8的烷醇所衍生的結構者為較佳。 The (meth) propylene-based polymer is preferably a polymer containing a structural unit formed by polymerizing a (meth) acrylate. The (meth) acrylate is, for example, an alkyl ester of (meth)acrylic acid. In particular, it is preferred to have a structure derived from (meth)acrylic acid and an alkanol or a cycloalkanol having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, and a structure derived from an alkanol having 1 to 8 carbon atoms is Preferably.

作為丙烯酸酯的具體例,可舉出丙烯酸甲酯、丙烯酸乙酯、丙烯酸正丙酯、丙烯酸異丙酯、丙烯酸正丁酯、丙烯酸異丁酯、丙烯酸第二丁酯、丙烯酸第三丁酯、丙烯酸正己酯、丙烯酸環己酯、丙烯酸正辛酯、丙烯酸2-乙基己酯、丙烯酸正癸酯、丙烯酸正十二酯等。該等係可單獨使用1種類,亦可以任意比率組合2種類以上而使用。 Specific examples of the acrylate include methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, n-propyl acrylate, isopropyl acrylate, n-butyl acrylate, isobutyl acrylate, second butyl acrylate, and tert-butyl acrylate. N-hexyl acrylate, cyclohexyl acrylate, n-octyl acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl acrylate, n-decyl acrylate, n-dodecyl acrylate, and the like. These types may be used alone or in combination of two or more types in any ratio.

又,作為甲基丙烯酸酯的具體例,可舉出甲基丙烯酸甲酯、甲基丙烯酸乙酯、甲基丙烯酸正丙酯、甲基丙烯酸 異丙酯、甲基丙烯酸正丁酯、甲基丙烯酸異丁酯、甲基丙烯酸第二丁酯、甲基丙烯酸第三丁酯、甲基丙烯酸正己酯、甲基丙烯酸正辛酯、甲基丙烯酸2-乙基己酯、甲基丙烯酸正癸酯、甲基丙烯酸正十二酯等。該等係可單獨使用1種類,亦可以任意比率組合2種類以上而使用。 Further, specific examples of the methacrylate include methyl methacrylate, ethyl methacrylate, n-propyl methacrylate, and methacrylic acid. Isopropyl ester, n-butyl methacrylate, isobutyl methacrylate, second butyl methacrylate, tert-butyl methacrylate, n-hexyl methacrylate, n-octyl methacrylate, methacrylic acid 2-ethylhexyl ester, n-decyl methacrylate, n-dodecyl methacrylate, and the like. These types may be used alone or in combination of two or more types in any ratio.

而且,前述的(甲基)丙烯酸酯,係只要是不顯著地損害本發明的效果之範圍,例如亦可具有羥基、鹵素原子等的取代基。作為具有此種取代基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯的例子,可舉出丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯、丙烯酸2-羥基丙酯、丙烯酸4-羥基丁酯、甲基丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯、甲基丙烯酸2-羥基丙酯、甲基丙烯酸4-羥基丁酯、甲基丙烯酸3-氯-2-羥基丙酯、甲基丙烯酸環氧丙酯等。又,該等取代基,係可單獨使用1種類,亦可以任意比率組合2種類以上而使用。 In addition, the (meth) acrylate may have a substituent such as a hydroxyl group or a halogen atom as long as it does not significantly impair the effects of the present invention. Examples of the (meth) acrylate having such a substituent include 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, and A. 2-hydroxypropyl acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl methacrylate, 3-chloro-2-hydroxypropyl methacrylate, glycidyl methacrylate, and the like. Further, these substituents may be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds in any ratio.

又,(甲基)丙烯基聚合物,係可為只有(甲基)丙烯酸或(甲基)丙烯酸衍生物之聚合物,亦可為(甲基)丙烯酸或(甲基)丙烯酸衍生物與能夠與其共聚合的任意單體之共聚物。作為任意單體,例如,可舉出(甲基)丙烯酸酯以外之α,β-乙烯性不飽和羧酸酯單體、和α,β-乙烯性不飽和羧酸單體、烯基芳香族單體、共軛雙鍵單體、非共軛雙鍵單體、羧酸不飽和醇酯、及烯烴單體等。又,任意單體,係可單獨使用1種類,亦可以任意比率組合2種類以上而使用。 Further, the (meth)acryl-based polymer may be a polymer of only (meth)acrylic acid or a (meth)acrylic acid derivative, or may be a (meth)acrylic acid or a (meth)acrylic acid derivative and capable of a copolymer of any monomer copolymerized therewith. Examples of the optional monomer include α,β-ethylenically unsaturated carboxylic acid ester monomers other than (meth) acrylate, and α,β-ethylenically unsaturated carboxylic acid monomers and alkenyl aromatic groups. Monomer, conjugated double bond monomer, non-conjugated double bond monomer, carboxylic acid unsaturated alcohol ester, and olefin monomer. Further, any of the monomers may be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds in any ratio.

但是,在(甲基)丙烯基聚合物,具有將(甲基)丙烯酸或(甲基)丙烯酸衍生物聚合而形成的結構之的結構單元之比率,係較佳為55重量%以上,更佳為70重量%以上,特佳為 90重量%以上,又,通常為100重量%以下。 However, the ratio of the structural unit having a structure in which (meth)acrylic acid or a (meth)acrylic acid derivative is polymerized in the (meth)acryl-based polymer is preferably 55 wt% or more, more preferably 70% by weight or more, especially good for 90% by weight or more, and usually, it is usually 100% by weight or less.

該等丙烯酸聚合物之中,以聚甲基丙烯酸酯為佳,尤其是以聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯為較佳。 Among these acrylic polymers, polymethacrylate is preferred, and polymethyl methacrylate is preferred.

聚碳酸酯樹脂,係含有聚碳酸酯聚合物的樹脂。又,聚碳酸酯聚合物,係具有使用碳酸酯鍵(-O-C(=O)-O-)鍵結而成的結構單元之聚合物。聚碳酸酯聚合物,係可單獨使用1種類,亦可以任意比率組合2種類以上而使用。 A polycarbonate resin is a resin containing a polycarbonate polymer. Further, the polycarbonate polymer is a polymer having a structural unit bonded by a carbonate bond (-O-C(=O)-O-). The polycarbonate polymer may be used singly or in combination of two or more kinds in any ratio.

尤其是作為聚碳酸酯聚合物,係以含有下述式(I)所表示之結構單元者為佳。下述式(I)所表示的結構單元,係例如能夠將雙酚Z聚合而形成。作為含有此種聚碳酸酯聚合物之樹脂,係例如可舉出SABIC公司製的Lexan等。 In particular, as the polycarbonate polymer, those having a structural unit represented by the following formula (I) are preferred. The structural unit represented by the following formula (I) can be formed, for example, by polymerizing bisphenol Z. The resin containing such a polycarbonate polymer is, for example, Lexan manufactured by SABIC.

在式(I),R1~R8,係各自獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子、烷基、環烷基、或芳基。又,烷基、環烷基及芳基,係可被取代,亦可未被取代。而且,烷基、環烷基、或芳基的碳原子數係通常為1~10。 In the formula (I), R 1 to R 8 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an aryl group. Further, the alkyl group, the cycloalkyl group and the aryl group may be substituted or unsubstituted. Further, the alkyl group, the cycloalkyl group, or the aryl group usually has 1 to 10 carbon atoms.

在式(I)、R9係氫原子,或是表示烷基或芳基。在此,烷基及芳基的碳原子數,係通常為1~9。 In the formula (I), R 9 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group or an aryl group. Here, the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group and the aryl group is usually from 1 to 9.

在式(I),Z係與其所鍵結的碳原子一起形成碳原子數4~11之飽和或不飽和的碳環之殘基。尤其是作為Z,係以碳原子數 為6的飽和碳環為佳。 In formula (I), the Z system together with the carbon atom to which it is bonded forms a residue of a saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic ring having 4 to 11 carbon atoms. Especially as Z, the number of carbon atoms A saturated carbon ring of 6 is preferred.

上述之中,R1或R3,係以碳原子數1~10的烷基為佳,以甲基為較佳。又,R6或R8,係以碳原子數1~10的烷基為佳,以甲基為較佳。 Among the above, R 1 or R 3 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and a methyl group is preferred. Further, R 6 or R 8 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and preferably a methyl group.

尤其是在式(I)所表示的結構單元,係以化學式(II)表示的結構單元(雙酚Z單元)為特佳。 In particular, the structural unit represented by the formula (I) is particularly preferably a structural unit represented by the formula (II) (bisphenol Z unit).

作為聚碳酸酯聚合物,係除了在式(I)所表示的結構單元以外,以進一步含有下述式(III)所表示的結構單元者為佳。下述式(III)所表示的結構單元,係例如能夠將雙酚A聚合而形成。尤其是在該式(III)所表示的結構單元,係以在式(IV)或(V)所表示的結構單元為較佳。 The polycarbonate polymer is preferably a structural unit represented by the following formula (III), in addition to the structural unit represented by the formula (I). The structural unit represented by the following formula (III) can be formed, for example, by polymerizing bisphenol A. In particular, the structural unit represented by the formula (III) is preferably a structural unit represented by the formula (IV) or (V).

在化學式(III),R10~R17係各自獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子、烷基、環烷基、或芳基。在此,烷基、環烷基及芳基係可被取代,亦可未被取代。而且,烷基、環烷基及芳基的碳原子數係通常為1~10。 In the chemical formula (III), R 10 to R 17 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an aryl group. Here, the alkyl group, the cycloalkyl group, and the aryl group may be substituted or unsubstituted. Further, the alkyl group, the cycloalkyl group and the aryl group have usually 1 to 10 carbon atoms.

在式(I)所表示的結構單元與在式(III)所表示的結構單元之組合,相對於在式(I)所表示的結構單元1莫耳,在式(III)所表示的結構單元量係以0.6莫耳以上為佳,又,較佳為1.5莫耳以下。藉此,能夠形成耐熱性、撓曲性優異之薄膜作為基材(A1)。 The combination of the structural unit represented by the formula (I) and the structural unit represented by the formula (III) with respect to the structural unit 1 represented by the formula (I), the structural unit represented by the formula (III) The amount is preferably 0.6 m or more, and more preferably 1.5 m or less. Thereby, a film excellent in heat resistance and flexibility can be formed as the substrate (A1).

又,聚碳酸酯聚合物,亦可含有在式(I)或式(III)所表示的結構單元以外之任意的結構單元。但是,在聚碳酸酯聚合物,在式(I)或式(III)所表示的結構單元之比率,較佳為55重量%以上,更佳為70重量%以上,特佳為90重量%以上,又,通常為100重量%以下。 Further, the polycarbonate polymer may contain any structural unit other than the structural unit represented by the formula (I) or the formula (III). However, in the polycarbonate polymer, the ratio of the structural unit represented by the formula (I) or the formula (III) is preferably 55 wt% or more, more preferably 70 wt% or more, particularly preferably 90 wt% or more. Further, it is usually 100% by weight or less.

(甲基)丙烯酸酯-乙烯基芳香族化合物共聚物樹脂,係(甲基)丙烯酸酯與乙烯基芳香族化合物的共聚物之樹脂。(甲基)丙烯酸酯及乙烯基芳香族化合物係可各使用1種類,亦可以是以任意比率組合各2種類以上而共聚合而成者。又,前述的共聚物,係可單獨使用1種類,亦可以任意比率組合2種類以上而使用。 A (meth) acrylate-vinyl aromatic compound copolymer resin which is a resin of a copolymer of a (meth) acrylate and a vinyl aromatic compound. The (meth) acrylate and the vinyl aromatic compound may be used in combination of one type or two types or more in any ratio. In addition, the above-mentioned copolymer may be used singly or in combination of two or more kinds in any ratio.

作為(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如,可舉出在(甲基)丙烯 酸樹脂的說明所舉出的例示物同樣者。又,(甲基)丙烯酸酯,係可單獨使用1種類,亦可以任意比率組合2種類以上而使用。 As the (meth) acrylate, for example, (meth) propylene is exemplified. The examples of the acid resin are the same as those exemplified. Further, the (meth) acrylate may be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds in any ratio.

作為乙烯基芳香族化合物,例如可舉出具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之芳香族單體。作為其具體例,能夠舉出苯乙烯、鄰甲基苯乙烯、對甲基苯乙烯、對第三丁基苯乙烯、2,4-二甲基苯乙烯、2,5-二甲基苯乙烯、α-甲基苯乙烯、乙烯基萘、乙烯基蒽。又,乙烯基芳香族化合物係可單獨使用1種類,亦可以任意比率組合2種類以上而使用。 The vinyl aromatic compound may, for example, be an aromatic monomer having an ethylenically unsaturated bond. Specific examples thereof include styrene, o-methyl styrene, p-methyl styrene, p-tert-butyl styrene, 2,4-dimethyl styrene, and 2,5-dimethyl styrene. , α-methyl styrene, vinyl naphthalene, vinyl fluorene. Further, the vinyl aromatic compound may be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds in any ratio.

從共聚物的耐熱性、透明性及強度之觀點,(甲基)丙烯酸酯與乙烯基芳香族化合物之聚合比,係能夠設為(甲基)丙烯酸酯為1重量%~80重量%,乙烯基芳香族化合物為20重量%~99重量%。藉由使(甲基)丙烯酸酯量為1重量%以上,能夠充分地提高共聚物的強度、耐熱性及透明性,藉由設為80重量%以下,能夠使(甲基)丙烯酸酯-乙烯基芳香族化合物共聚物樹脂的成形加工性成為良好。 From the viewpoint of heat resistance, transparency, and strength of the copolymer, the polymerization ratio of the (meth) acrylate to the vinyl aromatic compound can be from 1% by weight to 80% by weight based on the (meth) acrylate. The aromatic compound is 20% by weight to 99% by weight. When the amount of the (meth) acrylate is 1% by weight or more, the strength, heat resistance and transparency of the copolymer can be sufficiently increased, and by setting it to 80% by weight or less, (meth) acrylate-ethylene can be obtained. The molding processability of the base aromatic compound copolymer resin is good.

(甲基)丙烯酸酯與乙烯基芳香族化合物的共聚物,亦可以是將(甲基)丙烯酸酯及乙烯基芳香族化合物以外的任意單體進一步聚合而成之共聚物。作為任意單體,例如,能夠舉出共軛雙鍵化合物。作為共軛雙鍵化合物的具體例,可舉出1,3-丁二烯、2-甲基-1,3-丁二烯(異戊二烯)、2,3-二甲基-1,3-丁二烯、1,3-戊二烯、1,3-己二烯等,特佳為1,3-丁二烯、異戊二烯。該等係可單獨使用1種,亦可以任意比率組合2種以上而使用。但是,在該共聚物,具有將(甲基)丙烯酸酯或乙烯基芳香族化合物聚合而形成之結構的結構單元之比率,較佳為 55重量%以上,更佳為70重量%以上,特佳為90重量%以上,又,通常為100重量%以下。 The copolymer of the (meth) acrylate and the vinyl aromatic compound may be a copolymer obtained by further polymerizing any monomer other than the (meth) acrylate and the vinyl aromatic compound. As an arbitrary monomer, a conjugated double bond compound is mentioned, for example. Specific examples of the conjugated double bond compound include 1,3-butadiene, 2-methyl-1,3-butadiene (isoprene), and 2,3-dimethyl-1. 3-butadiene, 1,3-pentadiene, 1,3-hexadiene, etc., particularly preferably 1,3-butadiene or isoprene. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds in any ratio. However, in the copolymer, the ratio of the structural unit having a structure in which a (meth) acrylate or a vinyl aromatic compound is polymerized is preferably It is 55 wt% or more, more preferably 70 wt% or more, particularly preferably 90 wt% or more, and usually 100 wt% or less.

聚醚碸樹脂係含有聚醚碸聚合物的樹脂。又,聚醚碸聚合物,係使用主鏈為芳香族雙酚與二鹵芳基碸的縮合結構連結而成之聚合物。聚醚碸聚合物,係例如能夠在鹼性觸媒之存在下,將芳香族雙酚及二鹵芳基碸藉由溶液聚合法或熔融聚合法等的聚合方法使其聚縮合而得到。聚醚碸聚合物係可單獨使用1種,亦可以任意比率組合2種以上而使用。 The polyether oxime resin is a resin containing a polyether oxime polymer. Further, the polyether fluorene polymer is a polymer obtained by linking a main chain of a condensed structure of an aromatic bisphenol and a dihaloaryl fluorene. The polyether fluorene polymer can be obtained, for example, by polycondensation of an aromatic bisphenol and a dihaloaryl fluorene by a polymerization method such as a solution polymerization method or a melt polymerization method in the presence of a basic catalyst. The polyether oxime polymer may be used singly or in combination of two or more kinds in any ratio.

作為芳香族雙酚,例如,能夠舉出氫醌、4,4’-二羥基聯苯、1,1-雙(4-羥苯基)環己烷、1,1-雙(4-羥苯基)-3,3,5-三甲基環己烷、雙(4-羥苯基)甲烷、1,1-雙(4-羥苯基)乙烷、2,2-雙(4-羥苯基)丁烷、1,1-雙(4-羥苯基)-1-苯基乙烷、雙(4-羥苯基)二苯基甲烷、2,2-雙(4-羥基-3-甲基苯基)丙烷、2,2-雙(3-苯基-4-羥苯基)丙烷、2,2-雙(4-羥基-3-第三丁基苯基)丙烷、9,9-雙(4-羥苯基)茀、9,9-雙(4-羥基-3-甲基苯基)茀、1,3-雙{2-(4-羥苯基)丙基}苯、1,4-雙{2-(4-羥苯基)丙基}苯、2,2-雙(4-羥苯基)-1,1,1-3,3,3-六氟丙烷等。該等係可單獨使用1種類,亦可以任意比率組合2種類以上而使用。 Examples of the aromatic bisphenol include hydroquinone, 4,4'-dihydroxybiphenyl, 1,1-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)cyclohexane, and 1,1-bis(4-hydroxybenzene). -3,3,5-trimethylcyclohexane, bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)methane, 1,1-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)ethane, 2,2-bis(4-hydroxyl Phenyl)butane, 1,1-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)-1-phenylethane, bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)diphenylmethane, 2,2-bis(4-hydroxy-3) -methylphenyl)propane, 2,2-bis(3-phenyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propane, 2,2-bis(4-hydroxy-3-tert-butylphenyl)propane, 9, 9-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)fluorene, 9,9-bis(4-hydroxy-3-methylphenyl)fluorene, 1,3-bis{2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)propyl}benzene , 1,4-bis{2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)propyl}benzene, 2,2-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)-1,1,1-3,3,3-hexafluoropropane, etc. . These types may be used alone or in combination of two or more types in any ratio.

又,作為二鹵芳基碸,例如,能夠舉出雙(4-氯苯基)碸、雙(4-氟苯基)碸、雙(4-溴苯基)碸、4-氯-4’-(對氯苯基)二苯碸、4-氟-4’-(對氟苯基)二苯碸、4-溴-4’-(對溴苯基)二苯碸、雙(4’-氯聯苯基)碸、雙(4’-氟聯苯基)碸、雙(4’-溴聯苯基)碸、雙(6-氯聯萘基)碸、雙(6-氟聯萘基)碸、雙(6-溴聯萘基)碸、雙(4-氯-3-甲基苯基)碸、雙(4-氟-3-甲基苯基)碸、雙(4-溴-3- 甲基苯基)碸、雙(3-苯基-4-氯苯基)碸、雙(3-苯基-4-氟苯基)碸、雙(3-苯基-4-溴苯基)碸、雙(4-氯-3-第三丁基苯基)碸、雙(4-氟-3-第三丁基苯基)碸、雙(4-溴-3-第三丁基苯基)碸等。該等係可單獨使用1種類,亦可以任意比率組合2種類以上而使用。 Further, examples of the dihaloarylsulfonium include bis(4-chlorophenyl)fluorene, bis(4-fluorophenyl)fluorene, bis(4-bromophenyl)fluorene, and 4-chloro-4'. -(p-chlorophenyl)diphenyl hydrazine, 4-fluoro-4'-(p-fluorophenyl)diphenyl hydrazine, 4-bromo-4'-(p-bromophenyl)diphenyl hydrazine, bis(4'- Chlorinated biphenyl)indole, bis(4'-fluorobiphenyl)anthracene, bis(4'-bromobiphenyl)anthracene, bis(6-chlorobinaphthyl)anthracene, bis(6-fluorobinaphthyl) ) bismuth, bis(6-bromobi-naphthyl) anthracene, bis(4-chloro-3-methylphenyl)anthracene, bis(4-fluoro-3-methylphenyl)anthracene, bis(4-bromo-) 3- Methylphenyl)anthracene, bis(3-phenyl-4-chlorophenyl)anthracene, bis(3-phenyl-4-fluorophenyl)anthracene, bis(3-phenyl-4-bromophenyl) Anthraquinone, bis(4-chloro-3-tert-butylphenyl)anthracene, bis(4-fluoro-3-tert-butylphenyl)anthracene, bis(4-bromo-3-tert-butylphenyl) )碸. These types may be used alone or in combination of two or more types in any ratio.

聚醚碸聚合物,亦可含有具有將芳香族雙酚及二鹵芳基碸以外的單體聚合形成的結構之任意的結構單元。但是,在該共聚物,具有將芳香族雙酚及二鹵芳基碸聚合而形成之結構的結構單元之比率,係較佳為55重量%以上,更佳為70重量%以上,特佳為90重量%以上,又,通常為100重量%以下。 The polyether fluorene polymer may contain any structural unit having a structure in which a monomer other than the aromatic bisphenol and the dihaloaryl fluorene is polymerized. However, the copolymer has a ratio of a structural unit having a structure in which an aromatic bisphenol and a dihaloaryl fluorene are polymerized, and is preferably 55 wt% or more, more preferably 70 wt% or more, particularly preferably 90% by weight or more, and usually, it is usually 100% by weight or less.

形成基材(A1)之材料的樹脂,係能夠含有上述的聚合物以外之任意成分。但是,在形成基材(A1)之材料的樹脂之上述的聚合物之比率,係以50重量%以上為佳,較佳為80重量%以上,特佳為90重量%以上,通常為100重量%以下。 The resin which forms the material of the base material (A1) can contain arbitrary components other than the above-mentioned polymer. However, the ratio of the above-mentioned polymer of the resin forming the material of the substrate (A1) is preferably 50% by weight or more, preferably 80% by weight or more, particularly preferably 90% by weight or more, and usually 100% by weight. %the following.

例如,基材(A1)為(甲基)丙烯酸樹脂時,該(甲基)丙烯酸樹脂係能夠含有橡膠粒子。藉由含有橡膠粒子,能夠提高(甲基)丙烯酸樹脂的可撓性且使積層體的耐衝擊性提升。又,按照必要藉由橡膠粒子將(甲基)丙烯酸樹脂層的表面之表面粗糙度粗糙化,能夠使在其表面之接觸面積減少而提高其表面的滑性。在基材(A1),其非液晶性材料之層(A2)側的表面,係以表面粗糙度小為佳,因此,以將與非液晶性材料之層(A2)為相反側的表面之表面粗糙度粗糙化為佳。 For example, when the base material (A1) is a (meth)acrylic resin, the (meth)acrylic resin can contain rubber particles. By containing rubber particles, the flexibility of the (meth)acrylic resin can be improved and the impact resistance of the laminate can be improved. Further, if the surface roughness of the surface of the (meth)acrylic resin layer is roughened by the rubber particles as necessary, the contact area on the surface can be reduced to improve the smoothness of the surface. In the substrate (A1), the surface on the layer (A2) side of the non-liquid crystal material is preferably small in surface roughness, and therefore, the surface on the opposite side to the layer (A2) of the non-liquid crystal material is used. Roughening of the surface roughness is preferred.

作為形成橡膠粒子之橡膠,例如,可舉出丙烯酸 酯聚合物橡膠、以丁二烯作為主成分之聚合物橡膠、乙烯-乙酸乙烯酯共聚物橡膠等。作為丙烯酸酯聚合物橡膠,例如,可舉出以丙烯酸丁酯、丙烯酸2-乙基己酯等作為單體單元的主成分者。該等之中,以將丙烯酸丁酯作為主成分之丙烯酸酯聚合物橡膠及以丁二烯作為主成分之聚合物橡膠為佳。 As the rubber forming the rubber particles, for example, acrylic acid is exemplified. An ester polymer rubber, a polymer rubber containing butadiene as a main component, an ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer rubber, or the like. The acrylate polymer rubber may, for example, be a main component of a monomer unit such as butyl acrylate or 2-ethylhexyl acrylate. Among these, an acrylate polymer rubber containing butyl acrylate as a main component and a polymer rubber containing butadiene as a main component are preferred.

又,在橡膠粒子,可單獨含有1種類的橡膠,亦可含有2種類以上的橡膠。又,該等的橡膠,係可均勻地被混合,亦可以是成為層狀者。作為橡膠成為層狀的橡膠粒子之例子,可舉出由橡膠彈性成分所構成之核、及硬質樹脂層(殼)以核-殼結構形成層之粒子。在此,作為橡膠彈性成分,例如,可舉出將丙烯酸丁酯等的丙烯酸烷酯與苯乙烯接枝化而成之橡膠彈性成分。又,作為硬質樹脂層,例如,可舉出由聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯及甲基丙烯酸甲酯的一方或雙方與丙烯酸烷酯之共聚物所構成之硬質樹脂層。 Further, the rubber particles may contain one type of rubber alone or two or more types of rubber. Further, the rubbers may be uniformly mixed or may be layered. Examples of the rubber particles in which the rubber is layered include particles having a core composed of a rubber elastic component and a hard resin layer (shell) having a core-shell structure. Here, the rubber elastic component is, for example, a rubber elastic component obtained by grafting an alkyl acrylate such as butyl acrylate with styrene. Further, examples of the hard resin layer include a hard resin layer composed of a copolymer of one or both of polymethyl methacrylate and methyl methacrylate and an alkyl acrylate.

橡膠粒子,數平均粒徑係以0.05μm以上為佳,以0.1μm以上為較佳,又,以0.3μm以下為佳,以0.25μm以下為較佳。藉由將數平均粒徑設為前述範圍內,能夠在(甲基)丙烯酸樹脂層的表面形成適當的凹凸而使積層體的滑性提升。 The rubber particles have a number average particle diameter of preferably 0.05 μm or more, more preferably 0.1 μm or more, more preferably 0.3 μm or less, and most preferably 0.25 μm or less. By setting the number average particle diameter within the above range, appropriate irregularities can be formed on the surface of the (meth)acrylic resin layer to improve the slipperiness of the laminate.

橡膠粒子量,係相對於(甲基)丙烯基聚合物100重量份,以5重量份以上為佳,較佳為50重量份以下。藉由將橡膠粒子量設為前述範圍內,能夠提高積層體的耐衝擊性而使操作性提升。 The amount of the rubber particles is preferably 5 parts by weight or more, and preferably 50 parts by weight or less based on 100 parts by weight of the (meth)acryl-based polymer. By setting the amount of the rubber particles within the above range, the impact resistance of the laminated body can be improved and the workability can be improved.

又,作為形成基材(A1)之材料的樹脂,係能夠含有任意成分,例如,可舉出調配劑。舉出調配劑的例子時,可舉 出層狀結晶化合物;微粒子;抗氧化劑、熱安定劑、光安定劑、耐候安定劑、紫外線吸收劑、近紅外線吸收劑等的安定劑;可塑劑;染料及顏料等的著色劑;抗靜電劑等。又,調配劑,係可使用1種類,亦可以任意比率組合2種類以上而使用。在不顯著地損害本發明的效果之範圍,調配劑量係能夠適當地決定,例如,相對於上述的聚合物100重量份,以10重量份以下為佳,以5重量份以下為較佳,以3重量份以下為更佳,又,通常可設為0重量份以上。 Moreover, the resin which forms the material of the base material (A1) can contain arbitrary components, for example, a compounding agent is mentioned. When an example of a formulating agent is given, a layered crystalline compound; a fine particle; an antioxidant, a heat stabilizer, a light stabilizer, a weathering stabilizer, a UV absorber, a near-infrared absorber, etc.; a plasticizer; a coloring agent such as a dye and a pigment; an antistatic agent Wait. Further, the formulation may be used in one type or in combination of two or more types in any ratio. The dosage can be appropriately determined insofar as the effect of the present invention is not significantly impaired. For example, it is preferably 10 parts by weight or less, more preferably 5 parts by weight or less, based on 100 parts by weight of the above polymer. It is more preferably 3 parts by weight or less, and usually it can be set to 0 parts by weight or more.

形成基材(A1)之材料的樹脂之玻璃轉移溫度,係以按照形成層(A2)的非液晶性材料之玻璃轉移溫度而設定為佳。具體而言,基材(A1)的材料之玻璃轉移溫度與形成層(A2)的非液晶性材料之玻璃轉移溫度之差,係以-15℃以上為佳,較佳為-10℃以上,特佳為-5℃以上,以+15℃以下為佳,較佳為+10℃以下,特佳為+5℃以下。藉由使在複層薄膜(A)之形成各層的材料之玻璃轉移溫度之差為前述的範圍,在延伸處理時,能夠不損害非液晶性材料之層(A2對基材(A1)的追隨性而進行延伸處理。又,藉此,在MD方向及TD方向的雙方,能夠在非液晶性材料之層(A2)施行均勻的延伸處理。 The glass transition temperature of the resin forming the material of the substrate (A1) is preferably set in accordance with the glass transition temperature of the non-liquid crystalline material forming the layer (A2). Specifically, the difference between the glass transition temperature of the material of the substrate (A1) and the glass transition temperature of the non-liquid crystalline material forming the layer (A2) is preferably -15 ° C or higher, preferably -10 ° C or higher. It is preferably -5 ° C or more, preferably +15 ° C or less, preferably +10 ° C or less, and particularly preferably + 5 ° C or less. By making the difference in the glass transition temperature of the material forming the respective layers of the multi-layer film (A) within the above range, the layer of the non-liquid crystal material can be prevented from being damaged during the stretching treatment (A2 follows the substrate (A1)). Further, the stretching process is performed, and in this way, both the MD direction and the TD direction can be uniformly stretched in the layer (A2) of the non-liquid crystal material.

基材(A1),其在波長550nm之面內方向的遲滯值ReA1(550),係以300nm以下為佳,較佳為200nm以下,特佳為100nm以下,通常為0nm以上。藉由減小基材(A1)之面內方向的遲滯值ReA1(550),在製造複層薄膜(A)時,能夠邊進行延伸處理邊只測定非液晶性材料之層(A2)的遲滯值。特別是作為基材(A1),係以具有光學各向同性者為佳。 The substrate (A1) has a hysteresis value Re A1 (550) in the in-plane direction of a wavelength of 550 nm, preferably 300 nm or less, preferably 200 nm or less, particularly preferably 100 nm or less, and usually 0 nm or more. By reducing the hysteresis value Re A1 (550) in the in-plane direction of the substrate (A1), when the multi-layer film (A) is produced, only the layer (A2) of the non-liquid crystal material can be measured while performing the stretching treatment. Hysteresis value. In particular, as the substrate (A1), it is preferred to have optical isotropy.

作為基材(A1),能夠使用按照必要而經施行例如親水化處理、疏水化處理、減低基材(A1)溶解性之處理等的表面處理者。 As the substrate (A1), a surface treatment agent which performs a treatment such as hydrophilization treatment, hydrophobizing treatment, and reduction in solubility of the substrate (A1) as necessary may be used.

基材(A1),係可具有只使用1層形成之單層結構,亦可具有含有2層以上的層之複層結構。 The substrate (A1) may have a single layer structure formed using only one layer, or may have a multi-layer structure including two or more layers.

基材(A1)的厚度,係以10μm以上為佳,較佳為20μm以上,特佳為30μm以上,以200μm以下為佳,較佳為150μm以下,特佳為100μm以下。藉由將基材(A1)的厚度設為前述範圍之下限值以上,能夠防止產生延伸不均。又,藉由設為上限值以下,能夠使基材(A1)的張力不會變為過大而提高工業生產性。 The thickness of the substrate (A1) is preferably 10 μm or more, more preferably 20 μm or more, particularly preferably 30 μm or more, more preferably 200 μm or less, still more preferably 150 μm or less, and particularly preferably 100 μm or less. By setting the thickness of the base material (A1) to be equal to or higher than the lower limit of the above range, it is possible to prevent occurrence of unevenness in elongation. Moreover, when it is set to the upper limit or less, the tension of the base material (A1) can not be excessively increased, and industrial productivity can be improved.

[1.1.2.非液晶性材料之層(A2)] [1.1.2. Layer of non-liquid crystalline material (A2)]

非液晶性材料之層(A2),係固有雙折射為正的非液晶性材料之層。非液晶性材料,係與液晶性材料不同,塗布在基材(A1)的表面時,與基材(A1)的配向性沒有關係,藉由非液晶性材料本身的性質,能夠形成透明的無配向層。隨後,藉由將複層薄膜(A)延伸,能夠形成配向於任意的延伸方向及相同方向之非液晶性材料之層(A2)。因此,前述之基材(A1),係即便是未配向性者,亦不必有在例如其表面塗布配向膜之步驟及積層配向膜之步驟等。 The layer (A2) of the non-liquid crystal material is a layer of a non-liquid crystal material having a positive intrinsic birefringence. The non-liquid crystal material differs from the liquid crystal material in that it is applied to the surface of the substrate (A1), and has no relationship with the alignment of the substrate (A1), and can be formed transparent by the properties of the non-liquid crystal material itself. Alignment layer. Subsequently, by stretching the multi-layer film (A), it is possible to form a layer (A2) which is a non-liquid crystal material which is aligned in an arbitrary extending direction and in the same direction. Therefore, the substrate (A1) described above does not need to have a step of applying an alignment film or a step of laminating an alignment film, for example, even if it is unaligned.

作為固有雙折射為正的非液晶性材料,通常係使用固有雙折射為正的樹脂。又,作為該樹脂,通常係使用透明樹脂。此種樹脂之中,作為適合的例子,因為耐熱性、耐藥品性、透明性優異且亦富於剛性,可舉出聚醯胺樹脂、聚醯亞胺 樹脂、順丁烯二醯亞胺樹脂、聚酯樹脂、聚醚酮樹脂、聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂、聚碳酸酯樹脂、聚酯醯亞胺樹脂、聚胺酯脲樹脂等。該等係可單獨使用1種類,亦可以任意比率組合2種類以上而使用。又,組合2種類以上的樹脂時,例如聚醚酮樹脂與聚醯胺樹脂的混合物般,可將具有不同的官能基之樹脂組合而使用。此種樹脂之中,以聚醯亞胺樹脂、順丁烯二醯亞胺樹脂、聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂、聚碳酸酯樹脂及聚酯樹脂、聚胺酯脲樹脂為佳。作為具體例,例如可舉出在特許第3962034號公報、特許3897743號公報、特許3838522號公報、特許3811175號公報所記載者。 As a non-liquid crystal material having a positive intrinsic birefringence, a resin having a positive intrinsic birefringence is usually used. Further, as the resin, a transparent resin is usually used. Among such resins, a suitable example is heat-resistant, chemical-resistant, and transparent, and is also rich in rigidity, and examples thereof include a polyamide resin and a polyimide. Resin, maleimide resin, polyester resin, polyether ketone resin, polyamidoximine resin, polycarbonate resin, polyester phthalimide resin, polyurethane urea resin, and the like. These types may be used alone or in combination of two or more types in any ratio. Further, when two or more types of resins are combined, for example, a mixture of a polyether ketone resin and a polyamide resin can be used in combination with resins having different functional groups. Among such resins, polyimide resin, maleimide resin, polyamidoximine resin, polycarbonate resin, polyester resin, and polyurethane urea resin are preferred. Specific examples include those described in Japanese Patent No. 3962034, No. 3897743, Japanese Patent No. 3838522, and Japanese Patent No. 3811175.

作為較佳聚醯亞胺樹脂,例如,以面內配向性高、對有機溶劑可溶之含有聚醯亞胺的樹脂為佳。具體而言,係例如在特表2000-511296號公報所揭示之含有9,9-雙(胺芳基)茀與芳香族四羧酸二酐的縮合聚合生成物,而且以含有聚醯亞胺之樹脂為佳,其中該聚醯亞胺係每1分子含有1個以上之下述式(VI)所表示的結構單元。 As the preferred polyimine resin, for example, a resin containing a polyimine which is high in in-plane orientation and soluble in an organic solvent is preferred. Specifically, for example, a condensation polymerization product containing 9,9-bis(amine aryl)fluorene and an aromatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride disclosed in JP-A-2000-511296, and containing a polybendimimine The resin is preferably one or more structural units represented by the following formula (VI) per molecule.

在式(VI),R1a係各自獨立地表示選自由氫原子; 鹵素原子;苯基;被1~4個的鹵素原子或碳原子數1~10的烷基取代之苯基;及碳原子數1~10的烷基所組成群組之基。尤其是作為R1a,係以選自鹵素原子;苯基;被1~4個的鹵素原子或碳原子數1~10的烷基取代之苯基;及碳原子數1~10的烷基者為佳。 In the formula (VI), R 1a each independently represents a phenyl group selected from a hydrogen atom; a halogen atom; a phenyl group; a halogen atom substituted by 1 to 4 halogen atoms or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms; The group consisting of a group of 1 to 10 alkyl groups. In particular, R 1a is a phenyl group selected from a halogen atom; a phenyl group; a halogen atom substituted by 1 to 4 halogen atoms or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms; and an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. It is better.

在式(VI),Aa係表示碳原子數6~20的四取代芳香族基。尤其是作為Aa,係以下述之(1)~(3)的任一者之基為佳。 In the formula (VI), A a represents a tetra-substituted aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms. In particular, as A a , it is preferred to use any of the following (1) to (3).

(1)從焦蜜石酸(pyromellitic acid)的4個羧基,各自將氫原子除去後的結構之4價基。 (1) A tetravalent group having a structure in which a hydrogen atom is removed from four carboxyl groups of pyromellitic acid.

(2)從伸萘基、伸茀基(fluorenylene)、苯并伸茀基、伸蒽基等的多環式芳香族化合物,將4個氫原子除去後的結構之4價基、及其取代衍生物。在此,取代基係碳原子數1~10烷基及其氟化衍生物、及氟或氯等的鹵素原子。 (2) a tetravalent group of a structure obtained by removing a hydrogen atom from a polycyclic aromatic compound such as a naphthyl group, a fluorenylene group, a benzoindene group, or a fluorenyl group, and a substitution thereof derivative. Here, the substituent is a halogen atom having 1 to 10 carbon atoms and a fluorinated derivative thereof, and fluorine or chlorine.

(3)以式(VII)表示之基。 (3) A group represented by the formula (VII).

在式(VII),Ba係共價鍵且表示C(R2a)2基、CO基、O原子、S原子、SO2基、Si(C2H5)2基、N(R3a)2基及該等的組合。R2a,係各自獨立地表示氫原子或C(R4a)3基。R3a係各自獨立地表示氫原子、碳原子數1~20的烷基、或碳原子數6~20的芳基。R4a係各自獨立地表示氫原子、氟原子或氯原子。又,在式(VII),m係表示1~10的整數。 In the formula (VII), B a is a covalent bond and represents a C(R 2a ) 2 group, a CO group, an O atom, an S atom, a SO 2 group, a Si(C 2 H 5 ) 2 group, and a N(R 3a ) group. 2 base and combinations of these. R 2a each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a C(R 4a ) 3 group. R 3a each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms. R 4a each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom. Further, in the formula (VII), m represents an integer of 1 to 10.

作為較佳順丁烯二醯亞胺樹脂,例如,可舉出含 有以式(VIII)表示的聚合物之樹脂。 As a preferred maleimide resin, for example, it may be mentioned There is a resin of a polymer represented by the formula (VIII).

在式(VIII)、Rb及Qb,係各自獨立地表示取代或無取代的脂肪族基、芳香族基、雜環基、矽氧烷基或不飽和烴基。 The formula (VIII), R b and Q b each independently represent a substituted or unsubstituted aliphatic group, an aromatic group, a heterocyclic group, a phosphonyl group or an unsaturated hydrocarbon group.

在式(VIII),Xb係表示活性能量線硬化或能夠熱硬化的順丁烯二醯亞胺基。 In formula (VIII), X b represents an active energy ray-hardened or thermally hardenable maleimide group.

在式(VIII)、n係表示1以上且10以下的整數。 In the formula (VIII), n represents an integer of 1 or more and 10 or less.

以式(VIII)表示的聚合物之中,係以具有以下述的式(IX)或式(X)表示的結構之聚合物為佳。在式(IX)及式(X),n係各自獨立地表示1以上且10以下的整數。 Among the polymers represented by the formula (VIII), a polymer having a structure represented by the following formula (IX) or formula (X) is preferred. In the formula (IX) and the formula (X), n each independently represents an integer of 1 or more and 10 or less.

[化10] [化10]

而且,作為順丁烯二醯亞胺樹脂,能夠舉出在美國專利申請公開第2008/0075961號公報所記載的化合物。 Further, examples of the maleimide resin include the compounds described in U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0075961.

該等順丁烯二醯亞胺樹脂,係例如能夠從ARBROWN公司取得。 These maleimide resins are available, for example, from ARBROWN.

作為聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂及聚酯樹脂,例如可舉出在特表平10-508048號公報所記載的聚醯胺樹脂及聚酯樹脂。該等含有聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂或聚酯樹脂的聚醯胺醯亞胺或聚酯所含有的結構單元,係例如以下述化學式(XI)表示。 For example, the polyamidamine resin and the polyester resin described in JP-A-10-508048 can be mentioned. The structural unit contained in the polyamidoximine or polyester containing the polyamidoximine resin or the polyester resin is represented, for example, by the following chemical formula (XI).

在式(XI),Yc係表示-O-或-NH-。 In formula (XI), Y c represents -O- or -NH-.

在式(XI),Ec係各自獨立地表示共價鍵且選自由碳原子數2的伸烷基、被鹵化之碳原子數2的伸烷基、CH2基、C(CXc 3)2 基、CO基、O原子、S原子、SO2基、Si(Rc)2基、及N(Rc)基所組成群組之至少一種類之基。又,Ec係各自可相同,亦可以不同。在前述Ec,Rc係碳原子數1~3的烷基及碳原子數1~3的鹵化烷基之至少一種類,而且對羰基或Yc基係位於間位或對位。又,Xc係鹵素原子或氫原子。 In the formula (XI), E c each independently represents a covalent bond and is selected from an alkyl group having 2 carbon atoms, a alkyl group having 2 carbon atoms halogenated, a CH 2 group, and C (CX c 3 ). A group of at least one of the group consisting of a 2 group, a CO group, an O atom, an S atom, a SO 2 group, a Si(R c ) 2 group, and an N(R c ) group. Further, the E c systems may be the same or different. In the above E c , R c is at least one of an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms and a halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and is at a meta or para position to the carbonyl group or the Y c group. Further, X c is a halogen atom or a hydrogen atom.

在式(XI),Ac係表示取代基。前述Ac,係例如可舉出氫原子、鹵素原子、碳原子數1~3的烷基、碳原子數1~3的鹵化烷基、以ORc(在此,Rc係前述定義者)表示的烷氧基、芳基、藉由鹵化等而得到的取代芳基、碳原子數1~9的烷氧基羰基、碳原子數1~9的烷基羰氧基、碳原子數1~12的芳氧基羰基、碳原子數1~12的芳基羰氧基及其取代衍生物、碳原子數1~12的芳基胺基甲醯基、及碳原子數1~12的芳基羰胺基及其取代衍生物。又,Ac為複數時,Ac係各自可相同,亦可不同。 In the formula (XI), A c represents a substituent. Examples of the above A c include a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and OR c (wherein R c is as defined above). The alkoxy group, the aryl group, the substituted aryl group obtained by halogenation or the like, the alkoxycarbonyl group having 1 to 9 carbon atoms, the alkylcarbonyloxy group having 1 to 9 carbon atoms, and the number of carbon atoms 1 to An aryloxycarbonyl group of 12, an arylcarbonyloxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms and a substituted derivative thereof, an arylaminomethylcarbonyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and an aryl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms a carbonylamine group and a substituted derivative thereof. Further, when A c is a plural number, the A c systems may be the same or different.

在式(XI),Ac’係表示取代基。前述Ac’係例如可舉出鹵素原子、碳原子數1~3的烷基、碳原子數1~3的鹵化烷基、苯基及取代苯基。又,Ac’為複數時,Ac’係各自可相同,亦可不同。作為前述取代苯基之苯基環上的取代基,例如,能夠舉出鹵素原子、碳原子數1~3的烷基、碳原子數1~3的鹵化烷基及該等的組合。 In the formula (XI), A c ' represents a substituent. Examples of the above A c' include a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a phenyl group and a substituted phenyl group. Further, when A c ' is plural, A c ' can be the same or different. The substituent on the phenyl ring of the substituted phenyl group may, for example, be a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, or a combination thereof.

在式(XI),t及z係各自表示Ac及Ac’的取代數。前述t係0~4的整數。前述z係0~3的整數。 In the formula (XI), t and z each represent the substitution number of A c and A c ' . The above t is an integer of 0 to 4. The above z is an integer of 0 to 3.

在式(XI),p係0~3的整數,q係1~3的整數,r係0~3的整數。 In the formula (XI), p is an integer of 0 to 3, q is an integer of 1 to 3, and r is an integer of 0 to 3.

又,作為聚酯,亦可含有以下述式(XII)或式(XIII)表示的結構單元。 Further, the polyester may contain a structural unit represented by the following formula (XII) or formula (XIII).

在前述式(XII)及式(XIII),Xd及Yd係表示取代基。Xd,係各自獨立地表示選自由氫原子、氯原子及溴原子所組成群組之基。又,Yd,係表示以下述式(XIV)或式(XV)表示之基。又,n係表示1以上的整數。 In the above formula (XII) and formula (XIII), X d and Y d represent a substituent. X d each independently represents a group selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, a chlorine atom and a bromine atom. Further, Y d represents a group represented by the following formula (XIV) or formula (XV). Further, n represents an integer of 1 or more.

作為聚酯的具體例,係東洋紡公司製「VYLON」、日本合成化學公司製「POLYESTER」。 Specific examples of the polyester are "VYLON" manufactured by Toyobo Co., Ltd. and "POLYESTER" manufactured by Nippon Synthetic Chemical Co., Ltd.

作為聚胺酯脲樹脂,例如可舉出含有藉由使含有脂肪族環式結構的多元醇、含有脂肪族環式結構的聚異氰酸酯、含有脂肪族環式結構的聚胺及具有含活性氫原子的基之丙烯酸類化合物反應而得到的聚合物之樹脂。作為其具體例,可舉出含有使在特開2011-132548號公報所記載的材料及製法所 合成的聚合物之樹脂。作為聚胺酯脲樹脂的具體例,係能夠適合使用DIC公司製「TYFORCE」。 The polyurethane urea resin may, for example, be a polyol containing an aliphatic cyclic structure, a polyisocyanate having an aliphatic cyclic structure, a polyamine having an aliphatic cyclic structure, and a group having an active hydrogen atom. A resin of a polymer obtained by reacting an acrylic compound. As a specific example, the material and the method of the method described in JP-A-2011-132548 may be mentioned. Synthetic polymer resin. As a specific example of the polyurethane urea resin, "TYFORCE" manufactured by DIC Corporation can be suitably used.

作為聚碳酸酯樹脂,例如,可舉出在形成基材(A1)之材料的說明所舉出者同樣的例子。作為其具體例,能夠舉出三菱氣體化學公司製的Yupizeta PCZ系列、三菱氣體化學公司製的「FPC2136」、出光興產公司製的「Tough Z」。 The polycarbonate resin may, for example, be the same as those exemplified in the description of the material forming the substrate (A1). As a specific example, the Yupizeta PCZ series manufactured by Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Co., Ltd., "FPC2136" manufactured by Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Co., Ltd., and "Tough Z" manufactured by Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. can be cited.

能夠使用作為固有雙折射為正的非液晶性材料之樹脂,係能夠含有上述的聚合物以外之任意成分。但是,在能夠使用作為固有雙折射為正的非液晶性材料之樹脂之上述的聚合物之比率,係以55重量%以上為佳,較佳為80重量%以上,特佳為90重量%以上,又,通常為100重量%以下。 A resin which is a non-liquid crystal material having a positive intrinsic birefringence can be used, and any component other than the above polymer can be contained. However, the ratio of the above-mentioned polymer which can use a resin which is a non-liquid crystal material having a positive intrinsic birefringence is preferably 55% by weight or more, preferably 80% by weight or more, and particularly preferably 90% by weight or more. Further, it is usually 100% by weight or less.

形成非液晶性材料之層(A2)之固有雙折射為正的非液晶性材料之玻璃轉移溫度,係以70℃以上為佳,較佳為90℃以上,特佳為110℃以上,以180℃以下為佳,較佳為160℃以下,特佳為140℃以下。藉由使用在此種範圍具有玻璃轉移溫度之非液晶性材料來形成層(A2),藉由延伸處理能夠使非液晶性材料之層(A2)穩定地顯現所需要的遲滯值,而且成為在高溫、高溫高濕下的安定性優異的層。 The glass transition temperature of the non-liquid crystal material in which the intrinsic birefringence of the layer (A2) forming the non-liquid crystal material is positive is preferably 70 ° C or higher, preferably 90 ° C or higher, particularly preferably 110 ° C or higher, and 180. Preferably, it is below °C, preferably 160 ° C or less, and particularly preferably 140 ° C or less. By forming the layer (A2) using a non-liquid crystalline material having a glass transition temperature in such a range, the layer (A2) of the non-liquid crystal material can stably exhibit the required hysteresis value by the stretching treatment, and becomes A layer excellent in stability under high temperature, high temperature and high humidity.

非液晶性材料之層(A2),係以滿足其折射率nx、ny及nz的關係為nx>ny及nx>nz之負雙軸(negative biaxial)層為佳。藉此,將組合非液晶性材料之層(A2)與非液晶性材料之層(B1)而成之相位差薄膜使用作為光學補償薄膜,能夠有效地改善IPS型液晶面板的對比。 The layer (A2) of the non-liquid crystal material is preferably a negative biaxial layer in which the relationship between the refractive indices nx, ny, and nz is nx>ny and nx>nz. Thereby, a phase difference film in which the layer (A2) of the non-liquid crystal material and the layer (B1) of the non-liquid crystal material are combined is used as the optical compensation film, and the contrast of the IPS type liquid crystal panel can be effectively improved.

非液晶性材料之層(A2),係在波長550nm之面內 方向的遲滯值ReA2(550),以50nm以上為佳,較佳為70nm以上,以150nm以下為佳,較佳為120nm以下。非液晶性材料之層(A2)之面內方向的遲滯值ReA2(550)為該範圍時,能夠藉由複層薄膜(A)延伸而容易地進行製造。 The layer (A2) of the non-liquid crystal material is a hysteresis value Re A2 (550) in the in-plane direction of a wavelength of 550 nm, preferably 50 nm or more, preferably 70 nm or more, preferably 150 nm or less, preferably 120 nm or less. . When the hysteresis value Re A2 (550) in the in-plane direction of the layer (A2) of the non-liquid crystal material is within this range, it can be easily produced by stretching the multi-layer film (A).

又,非液晶性材料之層(A2),係在波長550nm之厚度方向的遲滯值RthA2(550),以40nm以上為佳,較佳為60nm以上,以150nm以下為佳,較佳為120nm以下。非液晶性材料之層(A2)的厚度方向之遲滯值RthA2(550)為該範圍時,能夠藉由複層薄膜(A)延伸而容易地進行製造。 Further, the layer (A2) of the non-liquid crystal material is a hysteresis value Rth A2 (550) in the thickness direction of a wavelength of 550 nm, preferably 40 nm or more, preferably 60 nm or more, preferably 150 nm or less, and more preferably 120 nm. the following. When the hysteresis value Rth A2 (550) in the thickness direction of the layer (A2) of the non-liquid crystal material is within this range, it can be easily produced by stretching the multi-layer film (A).

在此,將「在基材(A1)的波長550nm之遲滯值ReA1(550)」除以「基材(A1)的厚度」所得之商設為「I」。又,將「在非液晶性材料之層(A2)的波長550nm之遲滯值ReA2(550)」除以「非液晶性材料之層(A2)的厚度」所得之商設為「J」。此時,以I<J為佳,以3I<J為較佳,以5I<J為更佳,以10I<J為特佳。藉由滿足前述的值I及值J的關係之材料,在製造複層薄膜(A)時,能夠邊進行延伸處理邊正確地只測定非液晶性材料之層(A2)的遲滯值。 Here, the quotient obtained by dividing the hysteresis value Re A1 (550) of the substrate (A1) at a wavelength of 550 nm by the "thickness of the substrate (A1)" is "I". In addition, the quotient obtained by dividing the hysteresis value Re A2 (550) at a wavelength of 550 nm of the layer (A2) of the non-liquid crystal material by the thickness of the layer (A2) of the non-liquid crystal material is "J". In this case, I<J is preferable, 3I<J is preferable, 5I<J is more preferable, and 10I<J is particularly preferable. By manufacturing the multi-layer film (A) by the material satisfying the relationship between the value I and the value J described above, it is possible to accurately measure only the hysteresis value of the layer (A2) of the non-liquid crystal material while performing the stretching treatment.

非液晶性材料之層(A2)的厚度,係以0.1μm以上為佳,較佳為1μm以上,從提高耐負傷性、操作性及薄膜性之觀點,係以40μm以下為佳,較佳為30μm以下。藉由使非液晶性材料之層(A2)的厚度為該範圍,能夠將積層體薄化且能夠使積層體成為高溫耐久性優異者。 The thickness of the layer (A2) of the non-liquid crystal material is preferably 0.1 μm or more, preferably 1 μm or more, and is preferably 40 μm or less from the viewpoint of improving the impact resistance, workability, and film properties, and is preferably 40 μm or less. 30 μm or less. When the thickness of the layer (A2) of the non-liquid crystal material is within this range, the laminated body can be made thinner, and the laminated body can be excellent in high-temperature durability.

在非液晶性材料之層(A2)的面內之厚度偏差,係以層(A2)的平均厚度之5%以下為佳,較佳為3%以下,更佳為1% 以下,理想為0%。在此所謂厚度偏差,係指厚度的最大值與最小值之差。藉由如此地實現優異的厚度精確度,能夠得到在MD方向及TD方向顯示均勻的光學特性之積層體及相位差薄膜。又,此種厚度精確度,係例如能夠藉由使用組合後述的塗布及延伸之製造方法製造複層薄膜(A)來實現。 The thickness deviation in the plane of the layer (A2) of the non-liquid crystal material is preferably 5% or less of the average thickness of the layer (A2), preferably 3% or less, more preferably 1%. Hereinafter, it is preferably 0%. The term "thickness deviation" as used herein refers to the difference between the maximum value and the minimum value of the thickness. By achieving excellent thickness accuracy in this manner, it is possible to obtain a laminate and a retardation film which exhibit uniform optical characteristics in the MD direction and the TD direction. Further, such thickness accuracy can be achieved, for example, by producing a multi-layer film (A) by a combination of a coating and stretching method described later.

基材(A1)與非液晶性材料之層(A2)之間的剝離力,係以0.05N/20mm以下為佳,較佳為0.03N/20mm以下,特佳為0.01N/20mm以下。剝離力係能夠依據JIS K6853-2而測定。藉由如此地減小剝離力,能夠將基材(A1)從積層體剝離而容易地製造相位差薄膜。又,前述剝離力之下限,係以0.001N/20mm以上為佳,較佳為0.003N/20mm以上,特佳為0.005N/20mm以上。如此小的剝離力,係例如能夠藉由當地選擇基材(A1)及非液晶性材料之層(A2)的材料組合,使用互相不相溶的材料來實現。 The peeling force between the substrate (A1) and the layer (A2) of the non-liquid crystal material is preferably 0.05 N/20 mm or less, preferably 0.03 N/20 mm or less, and particularly preferably 0.01 N/20 mm or less. The peeling force can be measured in accordance with JIS K6853-2. By reducing the peeling force in this manner, the base material (A1) can be peeled off from the laminated body, and the retardation film can be easily produced. Further, the lower limit of the peeling force is preferably 0.001 N/20 mm or more, preferably 0.003 N/20 mm or more, and particularly preferably 0.005 N/20 mm or more. Such a small peeling force can be realized, for example, by a material combination of a locally selected substrate (A1) and a layer (A2) of a non-liquid crystal material, using mutually incompatible materials.

[1.1.3.任意層] [1.1.3. Any layer]

複層薄膜(A),亦可在基材(A1)的非液晶性材料之與層(A2)為相反側具備任意層。 The multi-layer film (A) may have any layer on the side opposite to the layer (A2) of the non-liquid crystal material of the substrate (A1).

[1.2.複層薄膜(B)] [1.2. Multilayer film (B)]

如第1圖所顯示,複層薄膜(B)20係具備非液晶性材料之層(B1)21及樹脂層(B2)22。因為樹脂層(B2)22係連接非液晶性材料之層(B1)21,所以在非液晶性材料之層(B1)21與樹脂層(B2)22之間係不設置其他層。 As shown in Fig. 1, the multi-layer film (B) 20 is provided with a layer (B1) 21 and a resin layer (B2) 22 which are non-liquid crystal materials. Since the resin layer (B2) 22 is connected to the layer (B1) 21 of the non-liquid crystal material, no other layer is provided between the layer (B1) 21 and the resin layer (B2) 22 of the non-liquid crystal material.

[1.2.1.非液晶性材料之層(B1)] [1.2.1. Layer of non-liquid crystalline material (B1)]

非液晶性材料之層(B1),係固有雙折射為負的非液晶性材 料之層。作為固有雙折射為負的非液晶性材料,通常係使用固有雙折射為負的樹脂。又,作為該樹脂,通常係使用透明樹脂。作為此種樹脂,係以含有將選自由苯乙烯類、苯乙烯類-順丁烯二酸、順丁烯二醯亞胺類及(甲基)丙烯酸酯所組成群組之1種類以上的單體聚合而成的聚合物之樹脂為佳。此時,前述的聚合物,係可為同元聚合物,亦可為共聚物。此種聚合物,因為係通常具有負的固有雙折射,所以亦能夠使含有其的樹脂的固有雙折射成為負值。 The layer (B1) of the non-liquid crystal material is a non-liquid crystal material having a negative intrinsic birefringence The layer of material. As a non-liquid crystal material having a negative intrinsic birefringence, a resin having a negative intrinsic birefringence is usually used. Further, as the resin, a transparent resin is usually used. The resin contains one or more types selected from the group consisting of styrene, styrene-maleic acid, maleimide, and (meth) acrylate. The polymer of the polymer obtained by polymerization is preferred. In this case, the aforementioned polymer may be a homopolymer or a copolymer. Since such a polymer generally has a negative intrinsic birefringence, the intrinsic birefringence of the resin containing the same can also be made negative.

在此,所謂苯乙烯類,係意味著苯乙烯及苯乙烯衍生物。又,作為苯乙烯衍生物,例如可舉出在苯乙烯的苯環或α位置被取代基取代者。舉出苯乙烯衍生物的具體例時,可舉出甲基苯乙烯、2,4-二甲基苯乙烯等的烷基苯乙烯;氯苯乙烯等的鹵化苯乙烯;氯甲基苯乙烯等的鹵素取代烷基苯乙烯;甲氧基苯乙烯等的烷氧基苯乙烯等。在此,苯乙烯類,係可單獨使用1種類,亦可以任意比率組合2種類以上而使用。 Here, the term "styrene" means styrene and a styrene derivative. Further, examples of the styrene derivative include those in which a benzene ring or an α position of styrene is substituted with a substituent. Specific examples of the styrene derivative include alkylstyrene such as methylstyrene and 2,4-dimethylstyrene; halogenated styrene such as chlorostyrene; and chloromethylstyrene; Halogen-substituted alkylstyrene; alkoxystyrene such as methoxystyrene; and the like. Here, the styrene type may be used alone or in combination of two or more types in any ratio.

又,所謂以苯乙烯類-順丁烯二酸作為單體而聚合,係意味著將苯乙烯類及順丁烯二酸共聚合。而且,亦可以將順丁烯二酸使其以順丁烯二酸酐的形態聚合。 Further, the polymerization of styrene-maleic acid as a monomer means copolymerization of styrene and maleic acid. Further, maleic acid may be polymerized in the form of maleic anhydride.

而且,作為順丁烯二醯亞胺類,例如可舉出以下述的式(XVI)表示之化合物。 In addition, examples of the maleimide group include compounds represented by the following formula (XVI).

[化14] [Chemistry 14]

在式(XVI),R1e及R2e係各自獨立地表示氫原子或烷基。 In the formula (XVI), R 1e and R 2e each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.

在式(XVI),Xe係表示氫原子、鹵素原子、烷基、環烷基、烯基、苯基、氰基或羥基。 In the formula (XVI), X e represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, a phenyl group, a cyano group or a hydroxyl group.

舉出順丁烯二醯亞胺類的例子時,可舉出順丁烯二醯亞胺、N-甲基順丁烯二醯亞胺、N-乙基順丁烯二醯亞胺、N-異丙基順丁烯二醯亞胺、N-丁基順丁烯二醯亞胺、N-異丁基順丁烯二醯亞胺、N-第三丁基順丁烯二醯亞胺、N-環己基順丁烯二醯亞胺、N-苯基順丁烯二醯亞胺、N-氯苯基順丁烯二醯亞胺、N-甲基苯基順丁烯二醯亞胺、N-萘基順丁烯二醯亞胺、N-月桂基順丁烯二醯亞胺、N-羥乙基順丁烯二醯亞胺、N-羥苯基順丁烯二醯亞胺、N-甲氧基苯基順丁烯二醯亞胺、N-羧苯基順丁烯二醯亞胺、N-硝基苯基順丁烯二醯亞胺、N-三溴苯基順丁烯二醯亞胺等。在此,順丁烯二醯亞胺類,係可單獨使用1種類,亦可以任意比率組合2種類以上而使用。該等之中,以N-環己基順丁烯二醯亞胺、N-異丙基順丁烯二醯亞胺、N-苯基順丁烯二醯亞胺為佳。 Examples of the maleimide group include maleimide, N-methylbutyleneimine, N-ethylbutyleneimine, and N. -isopropyl succinimide, N-butyl maleimide, N-isobutyl maleimide, N-tert-butyl maleimide, N-cyclohexyl cis Butylene diimide, N-phenyl maleimide, N-chlorophenyl maleimide, N-methylphenyl maleimide, N-naphthyl Maleimide, N-lauryl, maleimide, N-hydroxyethyl maleimide, N-hydroxyphenyl maleimide, N-methoxy Phenylstyrene, N-carboxyphenyl maleimide, N-nitrophenyl maleimide, N-tribromophenyl-tert-butylene Amines, etc. Here, the maleimide may be used singly or in combination of two or more kinds in any ratio. Among these, N-cyclohexylmethyleneimine, N-isopropyl maleimide, and N-phenyl maleimide are preferred.

又,作為(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如可舉出在形成基材(A1)之材料的說明所舉出者同樣的例子。在此,(甲基)丙烯酸酯係可單獨使用1種類,亦可以任意比率組合2種類以上而使 用。 Further, examples of the (meth) acrylate include the same examples as those of the material for forming the substrate (A1). Here, the (meth) acrylate type may be used alone or in combination of two or more types in any ratio. use.

而且,將前述單體聚合而成之聚合物,係只要不顯著地損害本發明的效果,除了苯乙烯類、苯乙烯類-順丁烯二酸、順丁烯二醯亞胺類及(甲基)丙烯酸酯以外,亦可以是使其與任意單體共聚合而成者。但是,在該聚合物,具有將選自由苯乙烯類、苯乙烯類-順丁烯二酸、順丁烯二醯亞胺類及(甲基)丙烯酸酯所組成群組的單體聚合而形成之結構的結構單元之比率,係較佳為55重量%以上,更佳為70重量%以上,特佳為90重量%以上,又,通常為100重量%以下。 Further, the polymer obtained by polymerizing the above-mentioned monomers is not particularly damaging the effects of the present invention except for styrene, styrene-maleic acid, maleimide and (a) In addition to the acrylate, it may be a copolymer of any monomer. However, the polymer is formed by polymerizing a monomer selected from the group consisting of styrene, styrene-maleic acid, maleimide, and (meth) acrylate. The ratio of the structural unit of the structure is preferably 55 wt% or more, more preferably 70 wt% or more, particularly preferably 90 wt% or more, and usually 100 wt% or less.

上述的聚合物之中,以使用苯乙烯類作為單體之聚合物及順丁烯二醯亞胺類與苯乙烯之共聚物為佳。亦即,含有將苯乙烯類或苯乙烯類-順丁烯二酸聚合而成的聚合物之樹脂及含有順丁烯二醯亞胺類與苯乙烯的共聚物之樹脂,係以設為固有雙折射為負的樹脂為佳。使用苯乙烯類作為單體之聚合物係聚苯乙烯系聚合物,藉由使用含有聚苯乙烯系聚合物的樹脂,能夠使在非液晶性材料之層(B1)所需要的遲滯值穩定地顯現。 Among the above polymers, a polymer using styrene as a monomer and a copolymer of maleimide and styrene are preferred. In other words, a resin containing a polymer obtained by polymerizing styrene or styrene-maleic acid and a resin containing a copolymer of maleimide and styrene are inherently A resin having a negative birefringence is preferred. By using a styrene-based polymer-based polystyrene-based polymer, by using a resin containing a polystyrene-based polymer, the hysteresis value required for the layer (B1) of the non-liquid crystal material can be stably stabilized. appear.

又,作為順丁烯二醯亞胺類與苯乙烯之共聚物,係能夠適合使用在特開2001-31710號公報、特開2000-204126號公報記載的聚合物,具體而言,係能夠適合使用日本觸媒公司製「POLYIMILEX」、DENKA公司製「DENKAIP」。 In addition, as a copolymer of maleimide and styrene, a polymer described in JP-A-2001-31710 and JP-A-2000-204126 can be suitably used, and specifically, it can be suitably used. "POLYIMILEX" manufactured by Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd. and "DENKAIP" manufactured by DENKA Corporation.

又,特別是聚苯乙烯系聚合物,係以具有間規結構之聚苯乙烯系聚合物為佳。具有間規結構之聚苯乙烯系聚合物係具有高耐熱性,能夠抑制熱收縮性,又,藉由延伸能夠使 所需要的遲滯值穩定地顯現。 Further, in particular, the polystyrene polymer is preferably a polystyrene polymer having a syndiotactic structure. The polystyrene polymer having a syndiotactic structure has high heat resistance, can suppress heat shrinkage, and can be extended by stretching The required hysteresis value appears steadily.

在此,所謂聚苯乙烯系聚合物具有間規結構,係指聚苯乙烯系聚合物的立體化學結構為間規結構。又,所謂間規結構,係指側鏈苯基對以碳-碳鍵形成的主鏈,在FISCHER投影式為交替且規則地配列在相反方向而成之立體結構。相較於先前之非規型的聚苯乙烯系聚合物,具有間規結構之聚苯乙烯系聚合物,係低比重且耐水解性、耐熱性及耐藥品性等的特性較優異。 Here, the polystyrene polymer has a syndiotactic structure, and means that the stereochemical structure of the polystyrene polymer is a syndiotactic structure. Further, the syndiotactic structure refers to a main chain in which a side chain phenyl group is formed by a carbon-carbon bond, and a three-dimensional structure in which FISCHER projection patterns are alternately and regularly arranged in opposite directions. Compared with the conventional non-standard polystyrene polymer, the polystyrene polymer having a syndiotactic structure is excellent in characteristics such as low specific gravity and hydrolysis resistance, heat resistance, and chemical resistance.

聚苯乙烯系聚合的立體規則性(tacticity),係能夠使用藉由同位素碳之核磁共振裝置法(13C-NMR法)來定量。使用13C-NMR法所測定的立體規則性,係能夠藉由連續複數個的結構單元之存在比率來表示。通常,例如連續結構單元為2個時為二分體(dyad),3個時為三分體(triad)、5個時為五分體(pentad)。此時,前述所謂具有間規結構之聚苯乙烯系聚合物,係指滿足下述的(x)或(y)者。 The stereotacticity of the polystyrene polymerization can be quantified by a nuclear magnetic resonance apparatus method ( 13 C-NMR method) using an isotope carbon. The stereoregularity measured by the 13 C-NMR method can be expressed by the ratio of the existence of a plurality of consecutive structural units. Usually, for example, when the number of continuous structural units is two, it is a dyad, three is a triad, and five is a pentad. In this case, the above-mentioned polystyrene polymer having a syndiotactic structure means that the following (x) or (y) is satisfied.

(x)在消旋二分體,通常係具有75%以上,較佳為85%以上,而且100%以下的間規。 (x) In the racemic dyad, it is usually 75% or more, preferably 85% or more, and 100% or less.

(y)在消旋五分體,通常係具有30%以上,較佳為50%以上,而且100%以下的間規。 (y) In the racemic quinone, it is usually 30% or more, preferably 50% or more, and 100% or less.

具有間規結構之聚苯乙烯系聚合物,係例如能夠藉由在惰性烴溶劑中或不存在溶劑下,以鈦化合物及水與三烷基鋁的縮合生成物作為觸媒,將苯乙烯類聚合來製造(參照特開昭62-187708號公報)。又,針對聚(鹵化烷基苯乙烯),係例如亦可使用在特開平1-46912號公報所記載的方法來製造。 The polystyrene-based polymer having a syndiotactic structure can be, for example, a styrene-based compound obtained by using a titanium compound and a condensation product of water and trialkylaluminum as a catalyst in an inert hydrocarbon solvent or in the absence of a solvent. It is produced by polymerization (refer to JP-A-62-187708). Further, the poly(halogenated alkylstyrene) can be produced, for example, by the method described in JP-A-4-40612.

將選自由苯乙烯類、苯乙烯類-順丁烯二酸、順丁烯二醯亞胺類及(甲基)丙烯酸酯所組成群組之1種類以上的單體聚合而成之聚合物,其重量平均分子量係以130,000以上為佳,較佳為140,000以上,特佳為150,000以上,以300,000以下為佳,較佳為270,000以下,特佳為250,000以下。設為此種重量平均分子量時,能夠提高聚合物之玻璃轉移溫度而穩定地改善積層體的耐熱性。 a polymer obtained by polymerizing a monomer selected from the group consisting of styrene, styrene-maleic acid, maleimide, and (meth) acrylate, The weight average molecular weight is preferably 130,000 or more, preferably 140,000 or more, particularly preferably 150,000 or more, more preferably 300,000 or less, more preferably 270,000 or less, and particularly preferably 250,000 or less. When the weight average molecular weight is used, the glass transition temperature of the polymer can be increased to stably improve the heat resistance of the laminate.

將選自由苯乙烯類、苯乙烯類-順丁烯二酸、順丁烯二醯亞胺類及(甲基)丙烯酸酯所組成群組之1種類以上的單體聚合而成之聚合物,其玻璃轉移溫度係以85℃以上為佳,較佳為90℃以上,特佳為95℃以上。藉由如此地提高玻璃轉移溫度,能夠有效地提高形成層(B1)之固有雙折射為負的非液晶性材料之玻璃轉移溫度,進而穩定地改善相位差薄膜的耐熱性。又,從穩定且容易地進行製造積層體之觀點、前述之玻璃轉移溫度係以160℃以下為佳,較佳為155℃以下,特佳為150℃以下。 a polymer obtained by polymerizing a monomer selected from the group consisting of styrene, styrene-maleic acid, maleimide, and (meth) acrylate, The glass transition temperature is preferably 85 ° C or higher, preferably 90 ° C or higher, and particularly preferably 95 ° C or higher. By increasing the glass transition temperature in this manner, the glass transition temperature of the non-liquid crystal material having a negative intrinsic birefringence of the formation layer (B1) can be effectively increased, and the heat resistance of the retardation film can be stably improved. Moreover, from the viewpoint of stably and easily producing a laminate, the glass transition temperature is preferably 160 ° C or lower, preferably 155 ° C or lower, and particularly preferably 150 ° C or lower.

而且,形成非液晶性材料之層(B1)之固有雙折射為負的非液晶性材料,係以在將選自由前述苯乙烯、苯乙烯-順丁烯二酸、順丁烯二醯亞胺類及(甲基)丙烯酸酯所組成群組之1種類以上的單體聚合而成之聚合物,組合而含有選自由聚碳酸酯聚合物、聚酯聚合物及聚伸芳基醚聚合物所組成群組之1種類以上的聚合物之混合物為佳。藉由組合聚碳酸酯聚合物、聚酯聚合物或聚伸芳基醚聚合物,能夠提高非液晶性材料之層(B1)的強度,能夠控制玻璃轉移溫度,而且能夠控制光學特性。 Further, the non-liquid crystal material having a negative intrinsic birefringence of the layer (B1) forming the non-liquid crystalline material is selected from the group consisting of styrene, styrene-maleic acid, and maleimide. A polymer obtained by polymerizing a monomer having one or more types of a group consisting of (meth) acrylate, and a polymer selected from the group consisting of a polycarbonate polymer, a polyester polymer, and a polycondensation aryl ether polymer A mixture of one or more types of polymers constituting the group is preferred. By combining a polycarbonate polymer, a polyester polymer or a poly(arylene ether) polymer, the strength of the layer (B1) of the non-liquid crystal material can be increased, the glass transition temperature can be controlled, and the optical characteristics can be controlled.

作為聚碳酸酯聚合物,例如可舉出在形成基材(A1)之材料的說明所舉出者同樣的例子。在此,聚碳酸酯聚合物係可單獨使用1種類,亦可以任意比率組合2種類以上而使用。 The polycarbonate polymer may, for example, be the same as those exemplified in the description of the material forming the substrate (A1). Here, the polycarbonate polymer may be used singly or in combination of two or more kinds in any ratio.

又,聚酯聚合物係具有藉由酯鍵所鍵結而成的結構單元之聚合物。聚酯聚合物係可單獨使用1種類,亦可以任意比率組合2種類以上而使用。作為聚酯聚合物,例如可舉出使甘醇、二醇等具有複數個羥基之多元醇、與二羧酸等具有複數個羧基之多元羧酸或其酐進行脫水縮合或聚合而得到者。 Further, the polyester polymer is a polymer having a structural unit bonded by an ester bond. The polyester polymer may be used singly or in combination of two or more kinds in any ratio. The polyester polymer is obtained by dehydrating or polymerizing a polyhydric alcohol having a plurality of hydroxyl groups such as glycol or diol, a polyvalent carboxylic acid having a plurality of carboxyl groups such as a dicarboxylic acid, or an anhydride thereof.

作為多元醇,例如可舉出1,2-丙二醇、1,3-丁二醇、2-甲基-1,3-丙二醇、新戊二醇、1,4-戊二醇、3-甲基-1,5-戊二醇、2,5-己二醇、2-甲基-1,4-戊二醇、2,4-二乙基-1,5-戊二醇、2-丁基-2-乙基-1,3-丙二醇、2-甲基-1,8-辛二醇、2,2,4-三甲基-1,3-戊二醇、2,2,4-三甲基-1,6-己二醇等。該等係可單獨使用1種類,亦可以任意比率組合2種類以上而使用。 Examples of the polyhydric alcohol include 1,2-propanediol, 1,3-butanediol, 2-methyl-1,3-propanediol, neopentyl glycol, 1,4-pentanediol, and 3-methyl group. -1,5-pentanediol, 2,5-hexanediol, 2-methyl-1,4-pentanediol, 2,4-diethyl-1,5-pentanediol, 2-butyl -2-ethyl-1,3-propanediol, 2-methyl-1,8-octanediol, 2,2,4-trimethyl-1,3-pentanediol, 2,2,4-tri Methyl-1,6-hexanediol and the like. These types may be used alone or in combination of two or more types in any ratio.

作為多元羧酸,例如可舉出己二酸、酞酸、異酞酸、對酞酸、順丁烯二酸、反丁烯二酸、琥珀酸、草酸、丙二酸、戊二酸、庚二酸、辛二酸、壬二酸、癸二酸等的二羧酸;1,2,4-苯三甲酸、焦蜜石酸等具有3價以上的羧基之多元羧酸;及其酐等。該等係可單獨使用1種類,亦可以任意比率組合2種類以上而使用。 Examples of the polyvalent carboxylic acid include adipic acid, decanoic acid, isophthalic acid, p-citric acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, succinic acid, oxalic acid, malonic acid, glutaric acid, and gly. a dicarboxylic acid such as diacid, suberic acid, azelaic acid or sebacic acid; a polycarboxylic acid having a carboxyl group having a valence of 3 or more, such as 1,2,4-benzenetricarboxylic acid or pyroic acid; and an anhydride thereof . These types may be used alone or in combination of two or more types in any ratio.

又,聚酯聚合物,係亦可以是使多元醇、多元羧酸或其酐以外的任意單體共聚合而成之聚合物。但是,在聚酯聚合物,具有將多元醇、多元羧酸或其酐聚合而形成之結構的結構單元之比率,係較佳為55重量%以上,更佳為70重量% 以上,特佳為90重量%以上。 Further, the polyester polymer may be a polymer obtained by copolymerizing any monomer other than a polyol, a polyvalent carboxylic acid or an anhydride thereof. However, in the polyester polymer, the ratio of the structural unit having a structure formed by polymerizing a polyhydric alcohol, a polyvalent carboxylic acid or an anhydride thereof is preferably 55 wt% or more, more preferably 70 wt%. The above is particularly preferably 90% by weight or more.

作為聚酯聚合物的具體例,係能夠適合使用東洋紡公司製「VYLON」、日本合成化學公司製「POLYESTER」。 As a specific example of the polyester polymer, "VYLON" manufactured by Toyobo Co., Ltd. and "POLYESTER" manufactured by Nippon Synthetic Chemical Co., Ltd. can be suitably used.

聚伸芳基醚聚合物係在主鏈具有含有伸芳基醚骨架的結構單元之聚合物。聚伸芳基醚聚合物係可單獨使用1種類,亦可以任意比率組合2種類以上而使用。尤其是作為聚伸芳基醚聚合物,係以含有以下述式(XVII)表示的結構單元之聚合物為佳。 The poly(arylene ether) polymer is a polymer having a structural unit containing a aryl ether skeleton in the main chain. The poly(aryl ether) polymer may be used singly or in combination of two or more kinds in any ratio. In particular, as the poly(arylene ether) polymer, a polymer containing a structural unit represented by the following formula (XVII) is preferred.

式(XVII)中,Q1係各自獨立地表示鹵素原子、低級烷基(例如碳原子數7個以下的烷基)、苯基、鹵烷基、胺烷基、烴氧基、或、鹵烴氧基(但是,至少2個碳原子將該鹵素原子與氧原子分離之基)。尤其是作為Q1,係以烷基及苯基為佳,特別是以碳原子數1以上4以下的烷基為較佳。] In the formula (XVII), Q 1 each independently represents a halogen atom, a lower alkyl group (for example, an alkyl group having 7 or less carbon atoms), a phenyl group, a haloalkyl group, an amine alkyl group, a hydrocarbyloxy group, or a halogen group. Alkoxy group (however, at least 2 carbon atoms separate the halogen atom from the oxygen atom). In particular, as Q 1 , an alkyl group and a phenyl group are preferred, and an alkyl group having 1 or more and 4 or less carbon atoms is particularly preferred. ]

式(XVII)中、Q2,係各自獨立地表示、氫原子、鹵素原子、低級烷基(例如碳原子數7個以下的烷基)、苯基、鹵烷基、烴氧基、或鹵烴氧基(但是,至少2個碳原子將其鹵素原子與氧原子分離之基)。尤其是作為Q2係以氫原子為佳。 In the formula (XVII), Q 2 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a lower alkyl group (for example, an alkyl group having 7 or less carbon atoms), a phenyl group, a haloalkyl group, a hydrocarbyloxy group, or a halogen group. Alkoxy groups (however, at least 2 carbon atoms separate the base of their halogen atoms from oxygen atoms). In particular, a hydrogen atom is preferred as the Q 2 system.

聚伸芳基醚聚合物,係可以是具有1種類的結構 單元之同元聚合物(homopolymer),亦可以是具有2種類以上的結構單元之共聚物(copolymer)。 a poly-arylene ether polymer, which may have a structure of one type The homopolymer of the unit may be a copolymer having two or more types of structural units.

含有以式(XVII)表示的結構單元之聚伸芳基醚聚合物為同元聚合物時,舉出該同元聚合物的較佳例子時,可舉出具有2,6-二甲基-1,4-伸苯基醚單元(亦即,以「-(C6H2(CH3)2-O)-」表示的結構)之同元聚合物。 When the polycondensation aryl ether polymer containing the structural unit represented by the formula (XVII) is a homopolymer, a preferred example of the homopolymer is exemplified by having 2,6-dimethyl group- A homopolymer of a 1,4-phenylene ether unit (i.e., a structure represented by "-(C 6 H 2 (CH 3 ) 2 -O)-").

又,含有以式(XVII)表示的結構單元之聚伸芳基醚聚合物為共聚物時,舉出該共聚物的較佳例子時,可舉出2,6-二甲基-1,4-伸苯基醚單元與2,3,6-三甲基-1,4-伸苯基醚單元(亦即,「以-(C6H(CH3)3-O-)-」表示的結構))組合而具有之無規共聚物。 Further, when the polycondensation aryl ether polymer containing the structural unit represented by the formula (XVII) is a copolymer, a preferred example of the copolymer is 2,6-dimethyl-1,4. - a phenyl ether unit and a 2,3,6-trimethyl-1,4-phenylene ether unit (ie, "-(C 6 H(CH 3 ) 3 -O-)-") Structure)) A random copolymer which is combined.

聚伸芳基醚聚合物,亦可含有伸芳基醚單元以外的結構單元。此時,聚伸芳基醚聚合物,係成為具有伸芳基醚單元與其他的結構單元之共聚物。但是,在聚伸芳基醚聚合物之伸芳基醚單元之比率,係以50重量%以上為佳,較佳為70重量%以上,特佳為80重量%以上。 The poly(arylene ether) polymer may also contain structural units other than the extended aryl ether unit. At this time, the poly(aryl ether) polymer is a copolymer having an extended aryl ether unit and other structural units. However, the ratio of the aryl ether unit in the poly(arylene ether) polymer is preferably 50% by weight or more, preferably 70% by weight or more, and particularly preferably 80% by weight or more.

如上述之將選自由苯乙烯類、苯乙烯類-順丁烯二酸、順丁烯二醯亞胺類及(甲基)丙烯酸酯所組成群組之1種類以上的單體聚合而成之聚合物、與選自由聚碳酸酯聚合物、聚酯聚合物及聚伸芳基醚聚合物所組成群組之1種類以上的聚合物之組合之中,特別是將聚苯乙烯系聚合物與聚伸芳基醚聚合物組合為佳。 As described above, a monomer selected from the group consisting of styrene, styrene-maleic acid, maleimide, and (meth) acrylate is polymerized. a combination of a polymer and a polymer selected from the group consisting of a polycarbonate polymer, a polyester polymer, and a poly(arylene ether) polymer, in particular, a polystyrene polymer and A poly(arylene ether) polymer combination is preferred.

而且,因為遲滯值的顯現性高且與聚伸芳基醚聚合物的相溶性良好,將聚苯乙烯系聚合物及聚伸芳基醚聚合物 組合時,作為聚苯乙烯系聚合物,係以苯乙烯類的同元聚合物為較佳,又,以具有間規結構之聚苯乙烯系聚合物為較佳。而且,從與聚伸芳基醚聚合物的相溶性之觀點,即便聚苯乙烯系聚合物係將苯乙烯類以外的單體共聚合而成之共聚物時,苯乙烯類以外的單體之比率,係以小於5重量%為佳。 Moreover, since the hysteresis value is high and the compatibility with the poly-arylene ether polymer is good, the polystyrene-based polymer and the poly-arylene ether polymer are used. In the case of combination, a polystyrene-based polymer is preferably a styrene-based homopolymer, and a polystyrene-based polymer having a syndiotactic structure is preferred. Further, from the viewpoint of compatibility with the poly(arylene ether) polymer, even if the polystyrene polymer is a copolymer obtained by copolymerizing monomers other than styrene, monomers other than styrene The ratio is preferably less than 5% by weight.

將選自由苯乙烯類、苯乙烯類-順丁烯二酸、順丁烯二醯亞胺類及(甲基)丙烯酸酯所組成群組之1種類以上的單體聚合而成之聚合物、與選自由聚碳酸酯聚合物、聚酯聚合物及聚伸芳基醚聚合物所組成群組之1種類以上的聚合物之重量比,係以90:10~55:45為佳,較佳為85:15~60:40,特佳為80:20~65:35。藉由重量比在該範圍,能夠藉由延伸而使在非液晶性材料之層(B1)所需要的遲滯值及所需要的光學特性容易地顯現。 a polymer obtained by polymerizing a monomer selected from the group consisting of styrene, styrene-maleic acid, maleimide, and (meth) acrylate, Preferably, the weight ratio of the polymer selected from the group consisting of a polycarbonate polymer, a polyester polymer, and a poly(arylene ether) polymer is from 90:10 to 55:45, preferably. It is 85:15~60:40, and the best is 80:20~65:35. By having the weight ratio within this range, the hysteresis value required for the layer (B1) of the non-liquid crystal material and the required optical characteristics can be easily exhibited by stretching.

形成非液晶性材料之層(B1)之固有雙折射為負的非液晶性材料,係能夠含有將選自由苯乙烯類、苯乙烯類-順丁烯二酸、順丁烯二醯亞胺類及(甲基)丙烯酸酯所組成群組之1種類以上的單體聚合而成之聚合物、及選自由聚碳酸酯聚合物、聚酯聚合物及聚伸芳基醚聚合物所組成群組之1種類以上的聚合物以外之任意成分。作為任意成分,例如可舉出抗氧化劑、紫外線吸收劑、光安定劑、交聯劑。但是,在形成層(B1)之固有雙折射為負的非液晶性材料,將選自由苯乙烯類、苯乙烯類-順丁烯二酸、順丁烯二醯亞胺類及(甲基)丙烯酸酯所組成群組之1種類以上的單體聚合而成之聚合物、及選自由聚碳酸酯聚合物、聚酯聚合物及聚伸芳基醚聚合物所組成群組之1種 類以上的聚合物之比率,係以50重量%以上為佳,較佳為80重量%以上,特佳為90重量%以上,又,通常為100重量%以下。 The non-liquid crystal material having a negative birefringence in which the layer (B1) of the non-liquid crystal material is formed may be selected from styrenes, styrene-maleic acid, maleimide And a polymer obtained by polymerizing one or more types of monomers composed of a group of (meth) acrylates, and a group selected from the group consisting of polycarbonate polymers, polyester polymers, and polyaryl ether polymers Any component other than the polymer of one type or more. Examples of the optional component include an antioxidant, an ultraviolet absorber, a photostabilizer, and a crosslinking agent. However, the non-liquid crystalline material having a negative intrinsic birefringence in the formation layer (B1) will be selected from the group consisting of styrenes, styrene-maleic acid, maleimide and (meth) a polymer obtained by polymerizing one or more types of monomers composed of acrylates, and one selected from the group consisting of polycarbonate polymers, polyester polymers, and polyaryl ether polymers The ratio of the polymer or more is preferably 50% by weight or more, preferably 80% by weight or more, particularly preferably 90% by weight or more, and usually 100% by weight or less.

形成非液晶性材料之層(B1)之固有雙折射為負的非液晶性材料之玻璃轉移溫度,係以115℃以上為佳,較佳為120℃以上,特佳為125℃以上。固有雙折射為負的非液晶性材料之玻璃轉移溫度越高,相位差薄膜的耐熱性係越優異。但是,過度地提高玻璃轉移溫度時,因為製造積層體有變為不容易之可能性,所以固有雙折射為負的非液晶性材料之玻璃轉移溫度,係通常為200℃以下。 The glass transition temperature of the non-liquid crystal material in which the intrinsic birefringence of the layer (B1) forming the non-liquid crystal material is negative is preferably 115 ° C or higher, preferably 120 ° C or higher, and particularly preferably 125 ° C or higher. The higher the glass transition temperature of the non-liquid crystalline material having a negative intrinsic birefringence, the more excellent the heat resistance of the retardation film. However, when the glass transition temperature is excessively increased, there is a possibility that the production of the laminate is not easy. Therefore, the glass transition temperature of the non-liquid crystalline material having a negative intrinsic birefringence is usually 200 ° C or lower.

非液晶性材料之層(B1)的拉伸斷裂延伸度,係以20%以下為佳,較佳為15%以下,特佳為10%以下。拉伸斷裂延伸度係能夠依據JIS K7162而測定。通常,具有負的固有雙折射之非液晶性材料係機械強度弱。對此,因為複層薄膜(B)係具備樹脂層(B2),所以即便如此機械強度弱的非液晶性材料之層(B1),亦能夠不易產生破損。而且,因為本發明的積層體,係具有依照順序具備基材(A1)、非液晶性材料之層(A2)、接著層、非液晶性材料之層(B1)及樹脂層(B2)之積層結構,藉由該積層結構,能夠有效地防止非液晶性材料之層(B1)的破損。因此,從防止層(B1)的破損而使操作性及耐衝擊性提升之效果更顯著之觀點,如前述,層(B1)的拉伸斷裂延伸度為較低係具有技術上的意義。 The tensile elongation at break of the layer (B1) of the non-liquid crystal material is preferably 20% or less, preferably 15% or less, and particularly preferably 10% or less. The tensile elongation at break can be measured in accordance with JIS K7162. Generally, a non-liquid crystalline material having a negative intrinsic birefringence is weak in mechanical strength. On the other hand, since the multi-layer film (B) is provided with the resin layer (B2), even if the layer (B1) of the non-liquid crystal material having a weak mechanical strength is used, it is less likely to be damaged. Further, the laminate of the present invention has a laminate of a substrate (A1), a layer (A2) of a non-liquid crystal material, an adhesive layer, a layer (B1) of a non-liquid crystal material, and a resin layer (B2) in this order. With this laminated structure, it is possible to effectively prevent breakage of the layer (B1) of the non-liquid crystal material. Therefore, from the viewpoint of further preventing the damage of the layer (B1) and improving the workability and impact resistance, as described above, the tensile elongation at break of the layer (B1) is technically significant.

非液晶性材料之層(B1),係以其折射率nx、ny及nz的關係為滿足nz>nx>ny之正雙軸(positive biaxial)層為佳。藉 此,將組合非液晶性材料之層(A2)及非液晶性材料之層(B1)而成之相位差薄膜使用作為光學補償薄膜,能夠有效地改善IPS型液晶面板的對比。 The layer (B1) of the non-liquid crystal material preferably has a positive biaxial layer satisfying nz>nx>ny in terms of its refractive index nx, ny, and nz. borrow Thus, a phase difference film in which a layer (A2) of a non-liquid crystal material and a layer (B1) of a non-liquid crystal material are combined is used as an optical compensation film, and the contrast of the IPS type liquid crystal panel can be effectively improved.

非液晶性材料之層(B1),係在波長550nm之面內方向的遲滯值ReB1(550),以40nm以上為佳,較佳為50nm以上,以150nm以下為佳,較佳為100nm以下。非液晶性材料之層(B1)之面內方向的遲滯值ReB1(550)為該範圍時,能夠藉由複層薄膜(B)的延伸而容易地進行製造。 The layer (B1) of the non-liquid crystal material is a hysteresis value Re B1 (550) in the in-plane direction of a wavelength of 550 nm, preferably 40 nm or more, preferably 50 nm or more, preferably 150 nm or less, preferably 100 nm or less. . When the hysteresis value Re B1 (550) in the in-plane direction of the layer (B1) of the non-liquid crystal material is within this range, it can be easily produced by the extension of the multi-layer film (B).

又,非液晶性材料之層(B1),係在波長450nm之面內方向的遲滯值ReB1(450)及在波長550nm之面內方向的遲滯值ReB1(550),以滿足ReB1(450)/ReB1(550)>1.00為佳。藉由滿足ReB1(450)及ReB1(550)為該關係,能夠得到可在寬闊的波長範圍達成IPS液晶胞的補償效果之相位差薄膜。 Further, the layer (B1) of the non-liquid crystal material is a hysteresis value Re B1 (450) in the in-plane direction at a wavelength of 450 nm and a hysteresis value Re B1 (550) in the in-plane direction at a wavelength of 550 nm to satisfy Re B1 ( 450) / Re B1 (550) > 1.00 is preferred. By satisfying Re B1 (450) and Re B1 (550) as the relationship, it is possible to obtain a retardation film which can achieve the compensation effect of the IPS liquid crystal cell in a wide wavelength range.

又,非液晶性材料之層(B1),係在波長550nm之厚度方向的遲滯值RthB1(550),以-150nm以上為佳,較佳為-130nm以上,以-50nm以下為佳,較佳為-60nm以下。非液晶性材料之層(B1)的厚度方向之遲滯值RthB1(550)為該範圍時,能夠藉由複層薄膜(B)的延伸而容易地進行製造。 Further, the layer (B1) of the non-liquid crystal material is a hysteresis value Rth B1 (550) in the thickness direction of a wavelength of 550 nm, preferably -150 nm or more, preferably -130 nm or more, and preferably -50 nm or less. Good for -60nm or less. When the hysteresis value Rth B1 (550) in the thickness direction of the layer (B1) of the non-liquid crystal material is within this range, it can be easily produced by the extension of the multi-layer film (B).

非液晶性材料之層(B1)的面內遲相軸,係通常使其與複層薄膜(A)之固有雙折射為正的非液晶性材料之層(A2)的面內遲相軸平行。藉此,在IPS型的液晶面板,能夠有效地進行光學補償而能夠使液晶顯示裝置的對比提升。 The in-plane retardation axis of the layer (B1) of the non-liquid crystal material is generally parallel to the in-plane slow axis of the layer (A2) of the non-liquid crystal material having a positive intrinsic birefringence of the multi-layer film (A). . Thereby, in the IPS type liquid crystal panel, optical compensation can be effectively performed, and the contrast of the liquid crystal display device can be improved.

非液晶性材料之層(B1)的厚度,係以5μm以上為佳,較佳為7μm以上,以30μm以下為佳,較佳為15μm以下。 藉由使非液晶性材料之層(B1)的厚度為該範圍,能夠將積層體薄化且能夠使積層體成為高溫耐久性優異者。 The thickness of the layer (B1) of the non-liquid crystal material is preferably 5 μm or more, preferably 7 μm or more, more preferably 30 μm or less, and still more preferably 15 μm or less. When the thickness of the layer (B1) of the non-liquid crystal material is within this range, the laminate can be made thinner, and the laminate can be excellent in high-temperature durability.

非液晶性材料之層(B1)的厚度偏差,係層(B1)的平均厚度以20%以下為佳,較佳為15%以下,更佳為10%以下,理想為0%。藉由實現此種厚度精確度,能夠得到在MD方向及TD方向顯示均勻的光學特性之積層體及相位差薄膜。又,此種厚度精確度,係能夠藉由使用例如組合後述之熔融擠製及延伸而成之製造方法製造複層薄膜(B)來實現。 The thickness of the layer (B1) of the non-liquid crystal material varies, and the average thickness of the layer (B1) is preferably 20% or less, preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less, and desirably 0%. By achieving such thickness accuracy, it is possible to obtain a laminate and a retardation film which exhibit uniform optical characteristics in the MD direction and the TD direction. Moreover, such thickness accuracy can be achieved by producing a multi-layer film (B) by, for example, a manufacturing method in which a combination of melt extrusion and stretching described later is combined.

[1.2.2.樹脂層(B2)] [1.2.2. Resin layer (B2)]

樹脂層(B2),係使用樹脂所形成之層。作為該樹脂,通常係使用熱可塑性樹脂。又,作為該樹脂,通常係使用透明樹脂。作為此種樹脂,係以選自由具有脂環式結構的聚合物樹脂、(甲基)丙烯酸樹脂、聚碳酸酯樹脂、(甲基)丙烯酸酯-乙烯基芳香族化合物共聚物樹脂、及聚醚碸樹脂所組成群組之樹脂為佳。該等樹脂係機械強度優異且能夠使與非液晶性材料之層(B1)的剝離強度成為所需要的剝離強度,又,能夠減小因延伸而顯現的遲滯值。 The resin layer (B2) is a layer formed using a resin. As the resin, a thermoplastic resin is usually used. Further, as the resin, a transparent resin is usually used. The resin is selected from the group consisting of a polymer resin having an alicyclic structure, a (meth)acrylic resin, a polycarbonate resin, a (meth) acrylate-vinyl aromatic compound copolymer resin, and a polyether. The resin of the group consisting of enamel resin is preferred. These resins are excellent in mechanical strength, and can provide the peel strength of the layer (B1) with the non-liquid crystal material to a desired peel strength, and can also reduce the hysteresis value which appears due to stretching.

作為具有可形成樹脂層(B2)的脂環式結構之聚合物樹脂、(甲基)丙烯酸樹脂、聚碳酸酯樹脂、(甲基)丙烯酸酯-乙烯基芳香族化合物共聚物樹脂、及聚醚碸樹脂,例如,能夠使用與作為形成基材(A1)之材料所說明的各樹脂同樣者。因此,在具有可形成樹脂層(B2)的脂環式結構之聚合物樹脂、(甲基)丙烯酸樹脂、聚碳酸酯樹脂、(甲基)丙烯酸酯-乙烯基芳香族化合物共聚物樹脂、及聚醚碸樹脂之各自,其樹脂能夠含有 聚合物及任意成分的種類及量,係能夠與作為形成基材(A1)之材料所說明的各樹脂同樣。 As a polymer resin having an alicyclic structure capable of forming a resin layer (B2), a (meth)acrylic resin, a polycarbonate resin, a (meth) acrylate-vinyl aromatic compound copolymer resin, and a polyether As the enamel resin, for example, the same as each resin described as the material for forming the substrate (A1) can be used. Therefore, a polymer resin having a alicyclic structure capable of forming a resin layer (B2), a (meth)acrylic resin, a polycarbonate resin, a (meth) acrylate-vinyl aromatic compound copolymer resin, and Each of the polyether oxime resins, the resin thereof can contain The type and amount of the polymer and the optional component can be the same as those described for the material forming the substrate (A1).

該等的樹脂之中,作為形成樹脂層(B2)之樹脂,係以具有脂環式結構的聚合物樹脂及(甲基)丙烯酸樹脂為佳,以(甲基)丙烯酸樹脂為特佳。 Among the resins, the resin forming the resin layer (B2) is preferably a polymer resin having an alicyclic structure and a (meth)acrylic resin, and particularly preferably a (meth)acrylic resin.

形成樹脂層(B2)之樹脂之玻璃轉移溫度,係以按照形成層(B1)之固有雙折射為負的非液晶性材料之玻璃轉移溫度而設定為佳。具體而言,係形成層(B1)之固有雙折射為負的非液晶性材料之玻璃轉移溫度Tg(B1)、及形成樹脂層(B2)之樹脂之玻璃轉移溫度Tg(B2),以滿足Tg(B1)>Tg(B2)+20℃為佳,以滿足Tg(B1)>Tg(B2)+25℃為較佳。藉此,以比固有雙折射為負的非液晶性材料之玻璃轉移溫度Tg(B1)更高的延伸溫度進行延伸處理時,在樹脂層(B2),聚合物係幾乎未配向而成為無配向狀態。因此,即便藉由延伸處理,因為在樹脂層(B2)係未顯現大的遲滯值,所以能夠邊進行延伸處理邊正確地只測定非液晶性材料之層(B1)的遲滯值。 The glass transition temperature of the resin forming the resin layer (B2) is preferably set to a glass transition temperature of the non-liquid crystalline material which is negative in accordance with the intrinsic birefringence of the formation layer (B1). Specifically, the glass transition temperature Tg (B1) of the non-liquid crystalline material having a negative intrinsic birefringence of the layer (B1) and the glass transition temperature Tg (B2) of the resin forming the resin layer (B2) are satisfied. Tg(B1)>Tg(B2)+20°C is preferred, and it is preferred to satisfy Tg(B1)>Tg(B2)+25°C. Therefore, when the stretching treatment is performed at an extension temperature higher than the glass transition temperature Tg (B1) of the non-liquid crystal material having a negative intrinsic birefringence, the polymer layer is almost unaligned and becomes unaligned in the resin layer (B2). status. Therefore, even if a large hysteresis value is not exhibited in the resin layer (B2) by the stretching process, it is possible to accurately measure only the hysteresis value of the layer (B1) of the non-liquid crystal material while performing the stretching process.

而且,特別是具有可形成樹脂層(B2)的脂環式結構之聚合物樹脂之玻璃轉移溫度,係以80℃以上為佳,較佳為90℃以上,以150℃以下為佳,較佳為120℃以下,更佳為110℃以下。藉由將玻璃轉移溫度設為前述範圍之下限值以上,能夠使在高溫下之耐久性提升,又,藉由設為上限值以下,能夠容易地進行延伸加工。 Further, in particular, the glass transition temperature of the polymer resin having an alicyclic structure capable of forming the resin layer (B2) is preferably 80 ° C or more, preferably 90 ° C or more, preferably 150 ° C or less, more preferably It is 120 ° C or less, more preferably 110 ° C or less. By setting the glass transition temperature to be equal to or higher than the lower limit of the above range, the durability at a high temperature can be improved, and the elongation processing can be easily performed by setting it to the upper limit or lower.

又,特別是能夠形成樹脂層(B2)之(甲基)丙烯酸樹脂之玻璃轉移溫度,係以80℃以上為佳,較佳為90℃以上, 以120℃以下為佳,較佳為110℃以下。藉由使玻璃轉移溫度為前述範圍之下限值以上,因為能夠抑制以高溫將樹脂粒乾燥時之黏結,所以能夠防止水分混入。又,藉由設為上限值以下,因為能夠減低在延伸時之(甲基)丙烯基聚合物的配向,所以能夠抑制樹脂層(B2)阻礙非液晶性材料之層(B1)的光學功能。 Further, in particular, the glass transition temperature of the (meth)acrylic resin capable of forming the resin layer (B2) is preferably 80 ° C or more, and more preferably 90 ° C or more. It is preferably 120 ° C or lower, preferably 110 ° C or lower. By setting the glass transition temperature to be equal to or higher than the lower limit of the above range, it is possible to prevent adhesion of the resin particles when the resin particles are dried at a high temperature, so that it is possible to prevent moisture from entering. In addition, since the orientation of the (meth)acryl-based polymer at the time of stretching can be reduced, the optical layer function of the layer (B1) of the non-liquid crystal material can be suppressed from being inhibited by the resin layer (B2). .

又,特別是能夠形成樹脂層(B2)之聚碳酸酯樹脂之玻璃轉移溫度,係以80℃以上為佳,較佳為90℃以上,更佳為100℃以上,特佳為120℃以上,以160℃以下為佳,較佳為150℃以下。藉由將玻璃轉移溫度設為前述範圍之下限值以上,能夠使在高溫下之耐久性提升,又,藉由設為上限值以下,能夠容易地進行延伸加工。 Further, in particular, the glass transition temperature of the polycarbonate resin capable of forming the resin layer (B2) is preferably 80 ° C or higher, more preferably 90 ° C or higher, more preferably 100 ° C or higher, and particularly preferably 120 ° C or higher. It is preferably 160 ° C or lower, preferably 150 ° C or lower. By setting the glass transition temperature to be equal to or higher than the lower limit of the above range, the durability at a high temperature can be improved, and the elongation processing can be easily performed by setting it to the upper limit or lower.

樹脂層(B2),係波長550nm在面內方向之遲滯值ReB2(550),以30nm以下為佳,較佳為20nm以下,特佳為10nm以下,通常0nm以上。藉由減小樹脂層(B2)之面內方向的遲滯值ReB2(550),在製造複層薄膜(B)時,能夠邊進行延伸處理邊只測定非液晶性材料之層(B1)的遲滯值。 The resin layer (B2) has a hysteresis value Re B2 (550) in the in-plane direction at a wavelength of 550 nm, preferably 30 nm or less, preferably 20 nm or less, particularly preferably 10 nm or less, and usually 0 nm or more. By reducing the hysteresis value Re B2 (550) in the in-plane direction of the resin layer (B2), when the multi-layer film (B) is produced, only the layer (B1) of the non-liquid crystal material can be measured while performing the stretching treatment. Hysteresis value.

樹脂層(B2)的厚度,係以1μm以上為佳,較佳為3μm以上,特佳為5μm以上,以50μm以下為佳,較佳為30μm以下,特佳為15μm以下。藉由將樹脂層(B2)的厚度設為前述範圍之下限值以上,能夠充分地提高樹脂層(B2)的機械強度。又,藉由設為上限值以下,能夠使樹脂層(B2)的柔軟性及操作性成為良好。 The thickness of the resin layer (B2) is preferably 1 μm or more, more preferably 3 μm or more, particularly preferably 5 μm or more, more preferably 50 μm or less, still more preferably 30 μm or less, and particularly preferably 15 μm or less. By setting the thickness of the resin layer (B2) to be equal to or higher than the lower limit of the above range, the mechanical strength of the resin layer (B2) can be sufficiently improved. In addition, the flexibility and workability of the resin layer (B2) can be improved by setting it as the upper limit or less.

固有雙折射為負的非液晶性材料之層(B1)與樹脂層(B2)之間的剝離力,係以0.5N/20mm以下為佳,較佳為 0.3N/20mm以下,特佳為0.15N/20mm以下。剝離力係能夠依據JIS K6853-2而測定。藉由如此地減小剝離力,能夠將樹脂層(B2)從積層體剝離而容易地製造相位差薄膜。又,前述剝離力之下限,係以0.01N/20mm以上為佳,較佳為0.03N/20mm以上,特佳為0.05N/20mm以上。如此小的剝離力,係例如能夠藉由適當地選擇非液晶性材料之層(B1)及樹脂層(B2)的材料之組合,使用互相不相溶的材料來實現。 The peeling force between the layer (B1) and the resin layer (B2) of the non-liquid crystal material having a negative intrinsic birefringence is preferably 0.5 N/20 mm or less, more preferably 0.3N/20mm or less, particularly preferably 0.15N/20mm or less. The peeling force can be measured in accordance with JIS K6853-2. By reducing the peeling force in this manner, the resin layer (B2) can be peeled off from the laminated body, and the retardation film can be easily produced. Further, the lower limit of the peeling force is preferably 0.01 N/20 mm or more, preferably 0.03 N/20 mm or more, and particularly preferably 0.05 N/20 mm or more. Such a small peeling force can be realized, for example, by appropriately selecting a combination of materials of the layer (B1) and the resin layer (B2) of the non-liquid crystal material, using mutually incompatible materials.

[1.2.3.任意層] [1.2.3. Any layer]

複層薄膜(B),亦可在樹脂層(B2)之與非液晶性材料之層(B1)為相反側,具備任意層。 The multi-layer film (B) may have any layer on the side opposite to the layer (B1) of the non-liquid crystal material of the resin layer (B2).

[1.3.接著層] [1.3. Next layer]

如第1圖所顯示,在介於固有雙折射為正的非液晶性材料之層(A2)12之與基材(A1)11為相反側的面12U、和固有雙折射為負的非液晶性材料之層(B1)21之與樹脂層(B2)22為相反側的面21D之間,係單獨設置有1層接著層30。在此,所謂接著層30係單獨介於面12U和面21D之間,係意味著在面12U和面21D之間係只有接著層30,而沒有接著層30以外的層。 As shown in Fig. 1, the surface 12U on the opposite side to the substrate (A1) 11 of the layer (A2) 12 of the non-liquid crystal material having a positive intrinsic birefringence, and the non-liquid crystal having a negative intrinsic birefringence Between the layer (B1) 21 of the material and the surface 21D on the opposite side of the resin layer (B2) 22, a single layer of the layer 30 is provided separately. Here, the adhesion layer 30 is separately interposed between the surface 12U and the surface 21D, which means that only the adhesion layer 30 is present between the surface 12U and the surface 21D, and there is no layer other than the adhesion layer 30.

接著層係藉由接著劑的硬化物所形成的層。在此,所謂接著劑,係包含硬化後於23℃具有1MPa~500MPa的儲藏彈性模數之狹義的接著劑,及在23℃之剪切儲藏彈性模數為小於1MPa的黏著劑。但是,複層薄膜(A)與複層薄膜(B)貼合時,使用黏著劑進行貼合時,為了抑制貼合時的咬入氣泡及咬入異物及為了確保強力的黏著力,黏著劑層的厚度有變厚之傾向。對此,藉由使用狹義的接著劑之貼合,係能夠將接著層 的厚度薄化。因此,作為接著劑,係以使用在硬化後於23℃具有1MPa~500MPa的剪切儲藏彈性模數之狹義的接著劑為佳。 The layer is then a layer formed by the cured product of the adhesive. Here, the adhesive agent includes an adhesive having a narrow storage elastic modulus of 1 MPa to 500 MPa at 23 ° C after curing, and an adhesive having a shear storage elastic modulus of less than 1 MPa at 23 ° C. However, when the multi-layer film (A) and the multi-layer film (B) are bonded together, when the adhesive is applied, the adhesive is suppressed in order to suppress biting bubbles and biting foreign matter during bonding, and to secure strong adhesion. The thickness of the layer tends to become thicker. In this regard, by using a narrow adhesive bonding, it is possible to The thickness is thinned. Therefore, as the adhesive, an adhesive having a narrowly defined elastic modulus of shear storage of 1 MPa to 500 MPa at 23 ° C after curing is preferred.

作為接著劑,通常係使用活性能量線硬化型的接著劑。所謂活性能量線硬化型的接著劑、係指例如照射紫外線、X射線及電子射線等的活性能量線時,能夠硬化之接著劑。因為能夠使用廉價的裝置,尤其是以使用紫外線能夠硬化之接著劑為佳。在此,所照射的活性能量線,能夠包含可見光線、紫外線、紅外線及電子射線等的任意的能量線。 As the adhesive, an active energy ray-curable adhesive is usually used. The active energy ray-curable adhesive refers to an adhesive that can be cured when an active energy ray such as ultraviolet rays, X-rays, or electron beams is applied. Since an inexpensive device can be used, it is preferable to use an adhesive which can be hardened by using ultraviolet rays. Here, the active energy ray to be irradiated may include any energy ray such as visible light, ultraviolet light, infrared light, or electron ray.

作為適合的接著劑之例子,係能夠使用以未硬化狀態含有(甲基)丙烯酸酯者。尤其是作為(甲基)丙烯酸酯,以將(I)寡聚物型多官能基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、及在(II)溫度20±1.0℃之黏度為10mPa.s以上且小於500mPa.s之具有至少一個羥基的一(甲基)丙烯酸酯組合而含有者為佳。 As an example of a suitable adhesive, those which contain (meth)acrylate in an uncured state can be used. In particular, as (meth) acrylate, the (I) oligomer type polyfunctional (meth) acrylate, and the viscosity at (II) temperature 20 ± 1.0 ° C is 10 mPa. Above s and less than 500mPa. It is preferred that the s has a (meth) acrylate combination having at least one hydroxyl group.

(I)寡聚物型多官能基(甲基)丙烯酸酯,係每1分子之其官能基數,以3以下為佳,以2或3為較佳。在此所謂官能基數,係指能夠顯示自由基聚合性之官能基的數目。藉由官能基數為3以下,因為在使接著劑硬化時,能夠減小硬化物的硬化收縮且能夠降低硬化物之玻璃轉移溫度,所以能夠將複層薄膜(A)與複層薄膜(B)良好地接著。 (I) The oligomer-type polyfunctional (meth) acrylate is preferably 3 or less, and preferably 2 or 3, per 1 molecule of the functional group. The term "functional group" as used herein means the number of functional groups capable of exhibiting radical polymerizability. When the number of functional groups is 3 or less, since the hardening shrinkage of the cured product can be reduced and the glass transition temperature of the cured product can be lowered when the adhesive is cured, the multi-layer film (A) and the multi-layer film (B) can be obtained. Good to follow.

作為(I)寡聚物型多官能基(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如,可舉出聚酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯、環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯、胺甲酸酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚醚(甲基)丙烯酸酯、矽酮(甲基)丙烯酸酯等能夠顯示自由基聚合性之官能基數為3以下的丙烯酸系寡聚物。又,該等係可單獨使用1種類,亦可以任意比率組合2種 類以上而使用。 Examples of the (I) oligomer-type polyfunctional (meth) acrylate include polyester (meth) acrylate, epoxy (meth) acrylate, and urethane (meth) acrylate. An acrylic oligomer having a functional group having a radical polymerizable property of 3 or less, such as an ester, a polyether (meth) acrylate or an anthrone (meth) acrylate. Moreover, these types may be used alone or in combination of two at any ratio. Use above class.

聚酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯,係例如能夠以使聚酯的末端羥基與丙烯酸或甲基丙烯酸反應而成的反應物之方式得到,其中該聚酯係從多元酸與多元醇得到。 The polyester (meth) acrylate can be obtained, for example, by a reaction product obtained by reacting a terminal hydroxyl group of a polyester with acrylic acid or methacrylic acid, wherein the polyester is obtained from a polybasic acid and a polyhydric alcohol.

作為多元酸,例如可舉出酞酸、己二酸、順丁烯二酸、伊康酸、琥珀酸、對酞酸等。該等係可單獨使用1種類,亦可以任意比率組合2種類以上而使用。 Examples of the polybasic acid include capric acid, adipic acid, maleic acid, itaconic acid, succinic acid, and p-citric acid. These types may be used alone or in combination of two or more types in any ratio.

作為多元醇,例如可舉出乙二醇、1,4-丁二醇、1,6-己二醇、二乙二醇、二丙二醇、聚乙二醇、聚丙二醇等。該等係可單獨使用1種類,亦可以任意比率組合2種類以上而使用。 Examples of the polyhydric alcohol include ethylene glycol, 1,4-butanediol, 1,6-hexanediol, diethylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, and polypropylene glycol. These types may be used alone or in combination of two or more types in any ratio.

以商品舉出聚酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯的例子時,能夠舉出EBECRYL 851、852、853、884、885(DAICEL-CYTEC公司製);OLESTAR(三井化學公司製);ARONIX M-6100、6200、6250、6500(東亞合成公司製)等。 In the case of the polyester (meth) acrylate, EBECRYL 851, 852, 853, 884, 885 (manufactured by DAICEL-CYTEC Co., Ltd.); OLESTAR (manufactured by Mitsui Chemicals, Inc.); ARONIX M-6100, 6200, 6250, 6500 (manufactured by Toagos Corporation).

環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯,係例如能夠以使丙烯酸或甲基丙烯酸對環氧聚合物進行開環加成反應而成的反應物之方式得到。 The epoxy (meth) acrylate can be obtained, for example, by a reaction product obtained by subjecting an epoxy resin to a ring-opening addition reaction of acrylic acid or methacrylic acid.

作為環氧聚合物,例如可舉出由雙酚A及表氯醇所構成之雙酚A型、由苯酚酚醛清漆及表氯醇所構成之酚醛清漆型、脂肪族型、脂環型者。作為脂肪族型環氧聚合物,例如,可舉出二醇二環氧丙基醚、三丙二醇二環氧丙基醚、新戊二醇二環氧丙基醚、1,4-丁二醇二環氧丙基醚、1,6-己二醇二環氧丙基醚、三羥甲基丙烷二環氧丙基醚、聚乙二醇二環氧丙基醚等。又,例如,亦能夠使用丁二烯系環氧聚合物、異戊二烯系環氧聚合 物等的不飽和脂肪酸環氧聚合物。脂環型環氧聚合物,係例如能夠使用乙烯基一環氧環己烷、1,2-環氧-4-乙烯基環己烷、1,2:8,9-二環氧薴烯、3,4-環氧環己烯基甲基-3’,4’-環氧環己烯羧酸酯等。該等係可單獨使用1種類,亦可以任意比率組合2種類以上而使用。 Examples of the epoxy polymer include a bisphenol A type composed of bisphenol A and epichlorohydrin, a novolac type composed of a phenol novolak and epichlorohydrin, an aliphatic type, and an alicyclic type. Examples of the aliphatic epoxy polymer include diol diepoxypropyl ether, tripropylene glycol diepoxypropyl ether, neopentyl glycol diepoxypropyl ether, and 1,4-butanediol. Di-epoxypropyl ether, 1,6-hexanediol diepoxypropyl ether, trimethylolpropane diepoxypropyl ether, polyethylene glycol diepoxypropyl ether, and the like. Further, for example, a butadiene-based epoxy polymer or an isoprene-based epoxy polymerization can also be used. An unsaturated fatty acid epoxy polymer such as an object. The alicyclic epoxy polymer can be, for example, vinyl-epoxycyclohexane, 1,2-epoxy-4-vinylcyclohexane, 1,2:8,9-diepene terpene, 3,4-epoxycyclohexenylmethyl-3',4'-epoxycyclohexene carboxylate, and the like. These types may be used alone or in combination of two or more types in any ratio.

以商品舉出環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯的例子時,能夠舉出EBECRYL600、860、3105、3420、3700、3701、3702、3703、3708、6040(DAICEL-CYTEC公司製);NEOPOL 8101、8250、8260、8270、8355、8351、8335、8414、8190、8195、8316、8317、8318、8319、8371(日本U-PICA公司製);DENACOL ACRYLATE DA212、250、314、721、722、DM201(NAGASE CHEMTEX公司製);BANBEAM(HARIMA化成公司製);Miramer PE210、PE230、EA2280(東洋CHEMICALS公司製)等。 When an epoxy (meth) acrylate is mentioned as an example, EBECRYL 600, 860, 3105, 3420, 3700, 3701, 3702, 3703, 3708, 6040 (made by DAICEL-CYTEC company), NEOPOL 8101, 8250 are mentioned. , 8260, 8270, 8355, 8351, 8335, 8414, 8190, 8195, 8316, 8317, 8318, 8319, 8371 (manufactured by U-PICA, Japan); DENACOL ACRYLATE DA212, 250, 314, 721, 722, DM201 (NAGASE) (manufactured by CHEMTEX Co., Ltd.); BANBEAM (manufactured by HARIMA Chemical Co., Ltd.); Miramer PE210, PE230, EA2280 (manufactured by Toyo Chemical Co., Ltd.).

胺甲酸酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯,係例如能夠藉由使具有羥基的(甲基)丙烯基單體、多官能基異氰酸酯及多元醇反應,而以在中心具有胺甲酸酯骨架的反應物之方式得到。 A urethane (meth) acrylate can be, for example, a reaction having a urethane skeleton at the center by reacting a (meth) propylene monomer having a hydroxyl group, a polyfunctional isocyanate, and a polyhydric alcohol. The way things are obtained.

作為多官能基異氰酸酯,例如,可舉出甲苯二異氰酸酯、六亞甲基二異氰酸酯、四亞甲基二異氰酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷甲苯二異氰酸酯、二苯基甲烷三異氰酸酯等,尤其是能夠適合使用耐候性良好的六亞甲基二異氰酸酯。該等係可單獨使用1種類,亦可以任意比率組合2種類以上而使用。 Examples of the polyfunctional isocyanate include toluene diisocyanate, hexamethylene diisocyanate, tetramethylene diisocyanate, trimethylolpropane toluene diisocyanate, and diphenylmethane triisocyanate, and are particularly suitable. A hexamethylene diisocyanate having good weather resistance is used. These types may be used alone or in combination of two or more types in any ratio.

作為多元醇,係例如能夠使用在聚酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯能夠使用者。 As the polyol, for example, a polyester (meth) acrylate can be used as a user.

以商品舉出胺甲酸酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯的例子時,能夠舉出EBECRYL204、210、220、230、270、4858、8200、8201、8402、8804、8807、9260、9270、KRM8098、7735、8296(DAICEL-CYTEC公司製);UX2201、2301、3204、3301、4101、6101、7101、8101、0937(日本化藥公司製);UV6640B、6100B、3700B、3500BA、3520TL、3200B、3000B、3310B、3210EA、7000B、6630B、7461TE(日本合成化學公司製);U-PICA8921、8932、8940、8936、8937、8980、8975、8976(日本U-PICA公司製);Miramer PU240、PU340(東洋CHEMICALS公司製)等。 When the urethane (meth) acrylate is exemplified as a product, EBECRYL 204, 210, 220, 230, 270, 4858, 8200, 8201, 8402, 8804, 8807, 9260, 9270, KRM8098, 7735 can be cited. , 8296 (manufactured by DAICEL-CYTEC Co., Ltd.); UX2201, 2301, 3204, 3301, 4101, 6101, 7101, 8101, 0937 (manufactured by Nippon Kagaku Co., Ltd.); UV6640B, 6100B, 3700B, 3500BA, 3520TL, 3200B, 3000B, 3310B , 3210EA, 7000B, 6630B, 7461TE (manufactured by Nippon Synthetic Chemical Co., Ltd.); U-PICA8921, 8932, 8940, 8936, 8937, 8980, 8975, 8976 (manufactured by U-PICA, Japan); Miramer PU240, PU340 (Toyo CHEMICALS) System) and so on.

聚醚(甲基)丙烯酸酯,係例如能夠以聚醚多元醇與丙烯酸或甲基丙烯酸的反應物之方式得到。 The polyether (meth) acrylate can be obtained, for example, as a reaction product of a polyether polyol and acrylic acid or methacrylic acid.

舉出聚醚(甲基)丙烯酸酯的例子時,可舉出乙氧基化三羥甲基丙烷三丙烯酸酯、丙氧基化三羥甲基丙烷三丙烯酸酯等。又,以商品舉出例子時,能夠舉出EBECRYL81(DAICEL-CYTEC公司製)。 Examples of the polyether (meth) acrylate include ethoxylated trimethylolpropane triacrylate and propoxylated trimethylolpropane triacrylate. In the case of the product, EBECRYL 81 (manufactured by DAICEL-CYTEC Co., Ltd.) can be cited.

矽酮(甲基)丙烯酸酯,係例如能夠以使有機聚矽氧烷與含有烯基的環氧聚合物之加成反應生成物,進一步與丙烯酸或甲基丙烯酸反應而成的反應物之方式得到。 The fluorenone (meth) acrylate is, for example, a reaction product obtained by reacting an organic polyoxy siloxane with an alkenyl group-containing epoxy polymer and further reacting with acrylic acid or methacrylic acid. get.

作為有機聚矽氧烷,例如不僅是可舉出分子鏈兩末端三甲基羥基封鎖的甲基氫化二烯聚矽氧烷、分子鏈兩末端三甲基羥基封鎖的二甲基矽氧烷.甲基氫化二烯矽氧烷共聚物、分子鏈兩末端三甲基羥基封鎖的二甲基矽氧烷.甲基氫化二烯矽氧烷.甲基苯基矽氧烷共聚物、分子鏈兩末端二甲基氫化二烯羥基封鎖的二甲基聚矽氧烷、分子鏈兩末端二甲基氫化二烯羥基封 鎖的二甲基聚矽氧烷.甲基氫化二烯矽氧烷共聚物、分子鏈兩末端二甲基氫化二烯羥基封鎖的二甲基矽氧烷.甲基苯基矽氧烷共聚物、分子鏈兩末端二甲基氫化二烯羥基封鎖的甲基苯基聚矽氧烷、分子鏈一末端為二甲基氫化二烯羥基封鎖而另外的分子鏈一末端為三甲基羥基封鎖的二甲基聚矽氧烷等基本上為直鏈狀結構者,亦可舉出在一部分含有分枝狀的矽氧烷結構者。該等係可單獨使用1種,亦可以任意比率組合2種以上而使用。 As the organic polyoxane, for example, not only a methyl hydrogenated dioxane which is blocked by a trimethylhydroxy group at both ends of the molecular chain but also a dimethyloxy group blocked by a trimethylhydroxy group at both ends of the molecular chain may be mentioned. Methyl hydrogenated dioxane copolymer, dimethyl oxane blocked by trimethylhydroxyl at the end of the molecular chain. Methyl hydrogenated dioxane. Methylphenyl decane copolymer, dimethyl methacrylate with dimethyl hydroxydiene hydroxy group blocked at both ends of the molecular chain, and dimethyl hydrogenated dihydroxy hydroxy group at both ends of the molecular chain Locked dimethyl polyoxane. Methyl hydrogenated dioxane copolymer, dimethyl hydroxydiene hydroxy-blocked dimethyl oxane at both ends of the molecular chain. Methylphenyl decane copolymer, methyl phenyl polyoxyalkylene blocked by dimethyl hydrogenated dihydroxyl hydroxyl group at both ends of the molecular chain, and one end of the molecular chain is blocked by dimethyl hydrogenated dihydroxyl group and another molecular chain A substantially linear structure such as a dimethylpolyoxyalkylene blocked by a trimethylhydroxy group at one end may be a structure containing a branched siloxane structure in a part. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds in any ratio.

作為含有烯基的環氧聚合物,例如,能夠使用具有環氧丙氧基等的環氧基且具有烯基者。在此,含有烯基的環氧聚合物所具有的環氧基之數目,係每1分子通常為2個以上,以2~7個為佳,較佳為2~3個。又,含有烯基的環氧聚合物所具有的烯基之數目,係每1分子通常為1個以上,以1~5個為佳,較佳為1~2個,特佳為1個。而且,前述烯基的碳原子數,係以2~6為佳,較佳為2~4。作為烯基,例如可舉出乙烯基、烯丙基、丙烯基、丁烯基、己烯基等,該等之中,以烯丙基為特佳。 As the alkenyl group-containing epoxy polymer, for example, an epoxy group having a glycidoxy group or the like and having an alkenyl group can be used. Here, the number of epoxy groups of the alkenyl group-containing epoxy polymer is usually 2 or more per molecule, preferably 2 to 7, preferably 2 to 3. Further, the number of alkenyl groups of the alkenyl group-containing epoxy polymer is usually one or more per molecule, preferably from 1 to 5, more preferably from 1 to 2, particularly preferably one. Further, the number of carbon atoms of the alkenyl group is preferably 2 to 6, more preferably 2 to 4. Examples of the alkenyl group include a vinyl group, an allyl group, a propenyl group, a butenyl group, and a hexenyl group. Among them, an allyl group is particularly preferred.

使(甲基)丙烯酸對上述有機聚矽氧烷與含有烯基的環氧聚合物之加成反應生成物中之環氧基進行反應,能夠得到矽酮(甲基)丙烯酸酯。 The (meth)acrylic acid can be obtained by reacting (meth)acrylic acid with an epoxy group in the addition reaction product of the above organopolysiloxane and an alkenyl group-containing epoxy polymer.

舉出矽酮(甲基)丙烯酸酯的例子時,可舉出在特開2004-189942號公報所例示的化合物;EVONIK DEGUSSA JAPAN公司製「TEGO」;TOKISHIKI公司製的SQ系列等。 In the case of the example of the fluorenone (meth) acrylate, the compound exemplified in JP-A-2004-189942, "TEGO" manufactured by EVONIK DEGUSSA JAPAN Co., Ltd., and the SQ series manufactured by TOKISHIKI Co., Ltd., and the like.

該等寡聚物型多官能基(甲基)丙烯酸酯之中,以聚 酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯、環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯、及胺甲酸酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯為佳。 Among these oligomeric polyfunctional (meth) acrylates, Esters (meth) acrylates, epoxy (meth) acrylates, and urethane (meth) acrylates are preferred.

又,寡聚物型多官能基(甲基)丙烯酸酯,係可單獨使用1種類,亦可以任意比率組合2種類以上而使用。 Further, the oligo-type polyfunctional (meth) acrylate may be used singly or in combination of two or more kinds in any ratio.

寡聚物型多官能基(甲基)丙烯酸酯的分子量,係使用凝膠滲透層析儀所測定之聚異戊二烯的換算重量平均分子量(Mw)通常為500以上且10000以下。 The molecular weight of the oligomer-type polyfunctional (meth) acrylate is usually 500 or more and 10,000 or less in terms of the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polyisoprene measured by a gel permeation chromatography.

(I)寡聚物型多官能基(甲基)丙烯酸酯量,係相對於在未硬化狀態的接著劑所含有的(甲基)丙烯酸酯100重量份,以15重量份~65重量份為佳。藉由在該範圍內,能夠得到更堅強的接著力。 (I) The amount of the oligomer-type polyfunctional (meth) acrylate is 15 parts by weight to 65 parts by weight based on 100 parts by weight of the (meth) acrylate contained in the uncured adhesive. good. By being within this range, a stronger adhesion can be obtained.

作為在(II)溫度20±1.0℃之黏度為10mPa.s以上且小於500mPa.s之具有至少一個羥基之一(甲基)丙烯酸酯的例子,可舉出以下者。又,在以下的例示,括弧內的黏度係表示該例示物在20±1.0℃之黏度。 As the viscosity at (II) temperature 20±1.0 °C is 10mPa. Above s and less than 500mPa. Examples of s having at least one hydroxyl group (meth) acrylate include the following. Further, in the following examples, the viscosity in the brackets indicates the viscosity of the sample at 20 ± 1.0 °C.

作為在溫度20±1.0℃之黏度為10mPa.s以上且小於500mPa.s之具有至少一個羥基之一(甲基)丙烯酸酯的例子,可舉出丙烯酸2-羥基丙酯(10.9mPa.s)、丙烯酸4-羥基丁酯(17mPa.s)、丙烯酸2-羥基-3-苯氧基丙酯(373mPa.s)、甘油一甲基丙烯酸酯(例如日油公司製「BLEMMER GLM」150mPa.s)、聚乙二醇一甲基丙烯酸酯(例如日油公司製「BLEMMER PE-90」15mPa.s;日油公司製「BLEMMER PE-200」30mPa.s;日油公司製「BLEMMER PE-350」45mPa.s)、聚丙二醇一甲基丙烯酸酯(例如日油公司製「BLEMMER PP-1000」50mPa.s;日油公 司製「BLEMMER「PP-500」75mPa.s)、聚(乙烯.丙二醇)一甲基丙烯酸酯(例如日油公司製「BLEMMER 50PEP-300」55mPa.s)、聚乙二醇.聚丙二醇一甲基丙烯酸酯(例如日油公司製「BLEMMER 70PEP-350B」79mPa.s)、丙二醇.聚丁二醇一甲基丙烯酸酯(例如日油公司製「BLEMMER 10PPB-500B」48mPa.s)、聚乙二醇一丙烯酸酯(例如日油公司製「BLEMMER AE-200」15mPa.s)、聚丙二醇一丙烯酸酯(例如日油公司製「BLEMMER AP-400」48mPa.s)、脂肪族環氧丙烯酸酯(例如DAICEL-CYTEC公司製「EBECRYL112」55mPa.s;東邦化學公司製「PA500」71.8mPa.s)等。 As a viscosity at a temperature of 20 ± 1.0 ° C is 10mPa. Above s and less than 500mPa. Examples of s having at least one hydroxyl group (meth) acrylate include 2-hydroxypropyl acrylate (10.9 mPa.s), 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate (17 mPa.s), and 2-hydroxy acrylate- 3-phenoxypropyl ester (373 mPa.s), glycerol monomethacrylate (for example, "BLEMMER GLM" 150 mPa.s by Nippon Oil Co., Ltd.), polyethylene glycol monomethacrylate (for example, manufactured by Nippon Oil Co., Ltd.) BLEMMER PE-90" 15mPa.s; "BLEMMER PE-200" 30mPa.s made by Nippon Oil Co., Ltd.; "BLEMMER PE-350" 45mPa.s made by Nippon Oil Co., Ltd.), polypropylene glycol monomethacrylate (such as Nippon Oil Company) "BLEMMER PP-1000" 50mPa.s; System system "BLEMMER "PP-500" 75mPa. s), poly(ethylene propylene glycol) monomethacrylate (for example, "BLEMMER 50PEP-300" 55mPa.s by Nippon Oil Co., Ltd.), polyethylene glycol. Polypropylene glycol monomethacrylate (for example, "BLEMMER 70PEP-350B" 79mPa.s by Nippon Oil Co., Ltd.), propylene glycol. Polybutylene glycol monomethacrylate (for example, "BLEMMER 10PPB-500B" 48mPa.s by Nippon Oil Co., Ltd.), polyethylene glycol monoacrylate (for example, "BLEMMER AE-200" 15mPa.s by Nippon Oil Co., Ltd.), Polypropylene glycol monoacrylate (for example, "BLEMMER AP-400" 48mPa.s by Nippon Oil Co., Ltd.), aliphatic epoxy acrylate (for example, "EBECRYL112" manufactured by DAICEL-CYTEC Co., Ltd. 55mPa.s; "PA500" manufactured by Toho Chemical Co., Ltd. 71.8 mPa.s) and so on.

藉由使用在(II)溫度20±1.0℃之黏度為10mPa.s以上且小於500mPa.s之具有至少一個羥基之一(甲基)丙烯酸酯,因為接著劑塗布適合性係變為良好,而且接著層係顯示更強的接著力,乃是較佳。前述在溫度20±1.0℃之黏度的範圍,係較佳為50mPa.s以上,特佳為70mPa.s以上,較佳為400mPa.s以下,特佳為350mPa.s以下。 By using a viscosity at (2) temperature of 20 ± 1.0 ° C is 10 mPa. Above s and less than 500mPa. It is preferred that one of the at least one hydroxyl group (meth) acrylate has good suitability for the adhesive coating, and then the layer exhibits a stronger adhesion. The above range of viscosity at a temperature of 20 ± 1.0 ° C is preferably 50 mPa. Above s, especially good for 70mPa. Above s, preferably 400 mPa. Below s, especially good for 350mPa. s below.

在(II)溫度20±1.0℃之黏度為10mPa.s以上且小於500mPa.s之具有至少一個羥基之一(甲基)丙烯酸酯量,係相對於在未硬化狀態的接著劑所含有的(甲基)丙烯酸酯100重量份,以35重量份~85重量份為佳。藉由在該範圍內,能夠得到更堅強的接著力。 The viscosity at (II) temperature 20±1.0°C is 10mPa. Above s and less than 500mPa. The amount of one (meth) acrylate having at least one hydroxyl group is preferably 35 parts by weight to 85 parts by weight based on 100 parts by weight of the (meth) acrylate contained in the uncured state. By being within this range, a stronger adhesion can be obtained.

又,在硬化狀態或未硬化狀態,接著劑係在不顯著地損害本發明的效果之範圍,除了(甲基)丙烯酸酯以外,亦可含有之任意成分。作為任意成分,例如可舉出聚合起始劑、 交聯劑、無機填料、聚合抑制劑、著色顏料、染料、消泡劑、調平劑、分散劑、光擴散劑、可塑劑、抗靜電劑、界面活性劑、非反應性聚合物(惰性聚合物)、黏度調整劑、近紅外線吸收材等。該等係可單獨使用1種類,亦可以任意比率組合2種類以上而使用。 Further, in the hardened state or the uncured state, the adhesive agent may contain any component other than the (meth) acrylate, insofar as the effect of the present invention is not significantly impaired. Examples of the optional component include a polymerization initiator, Crosslinking agent, inorganic filler, polymerization inhibitor, coloring pigment, dye, antifoaming agent, leveling agent, dispersing agent, light diffusing agent, plasticizer, antistatic agent, surfactant, non-reactive polymer (inert polymerization) ()), viscosity modifier, near-infrared absorbing material, etc. These types may be used alone or in combination of two or more types in any ratio.

聚合起始劑的種類,係能夠按照接著劑之硬化的態樣而選擇。例如,接著劑係可藉由照射活性能量線而硬化時,能夠使用光聚合起始劑。此時,亦可在光聚合起始劑組合而使用光增感劑。 The type of the polymerization initiator can be selected in accordance with the aspect of curing of the adhesive. For example, when the adhesive agent can be cured by irradiation with an active energy ray, a photopolymerization initiator can be used. At this time, a photosensitizer may be used in combination with a photopolymerization initiator.

作為光聚合起始劑,例如,可舉出1-羥基環己基苯基酮、2-羥基-2-甲基-1-苯基-丙烷-1-酮、1-(4-異丙基苯基)-2-羥基-2-甲基丙烷-1-酮、噻噸酮(thioxanthone)、2-氯噻噸酮(2-chlorothioxantone)、2-甲基噻噸酮(2-methylthioxanthone)、2,4-二乙基噻噸酮(2,4-diethylthioxanthone)、甲基苯甲醯基甲酸酯、2,2-二乙氧基苯乙酮、β-紫羅蘭酮(ionone)、β-溴苯乙烯、重氮胺基苯、α-戊基肉桂醛(amyl cinnamaldehyde)、對二甲胺基苯乙酮、對二甲胺基苯丙酮、2-氯二苯基酮、p,p'-二氯二苯基酮、p,p'-雙二乙基胺基二苯基酮、安息香乙基醚(benzoin ethyl ether)、安息香異丙基醚(benzoin isopropyl ether)、安息香正丙基醚(benzoin n-propyl ether)、安息香正丁基醚(benzoin n-butyl ether)、二苯硫醚(diphenyl sulfide)、雙(2,6-甲氧基苯甲醯基)-2,4,4-三甲基-戊基氧化膦、2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基二苯基-氧化膦、雙(2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基)-苯基氧化膦、2-甲基-1[4-(甲硫基)苯基]-2-嗎啉丙烷-1-酮、2-苄基-2-二甲胺基 -1-(4-嗎啉苯基)-丁烷-1-酮、蒽二苯基酮、α-氯蒽醌、二苯基二硫醚、六氯丁二烯、五氯丁二烯、八氯丁烯、1-氯甲基萘、1,2-辛二酮、1-[4-(苯硫基)-,2-(鄰苯甲醯基)]肟、1-[9-乙基-6-(2-甲基苯甲醯基)-9H-咔唑-3-基]乙酮1-(鄰乙醯肟)、(4-甲基苯基)[4-(2-甲基丙基)苯基]碘鎓六氟磷酸酯、3-甲基-2-丁炔基四甲基鋶六氟銻酸酯、二苯基-(對苯硫基苯基)鋶六氟銻酸酯等。該等係可單獨使用1種類,亦可以任意比率組合2種類以上而使用。 Examples of the photopolymerization initiator include 1-hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl ketone, 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenyl-propan-1-one, and 1-(4-isopropylbenzene). 2-hydroxy-2-methylpropan-1-one, thioxanthone, 2-chlorothioxantone, 2-methylthioxanthone, 2 ,2-diethylthioxanthone, methyl benzhydrazide, 2,2-diethoxyacetophenone, beta-ionone, beta-bromo Styrene, diazoaminobenzene, α-amylcinnamaldehyde, p-dimethylaminoacetophenone, p-dimethylaminopropiophenone, 2-chlorodiphenyl ketone, p,p'- Dichlorodiphenyl ketone, p,p'-bisdiethylaminodiphenyl ketone, benzoin ethyl ether, benzoin isopropyl ether, benzoin n-propyl ether Benzoin n-propyl ether), benzoin n-butyl ether, diphenyl sulfide, bis(2,6-methoxybenzhydryl)-2,4,4- Trimethyl-pentylphosphine oxide, 2,4,6-trimethylbenzimidyldiphenyl-phosphine oxide, bis(2,4,6-trimethylbenzylidene)-phenyl Phosphine, 2-methyl-1 [4- (methylthio) phenyl] -2-morpholino-1-one, 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino 1-(4-morpholinylphenyl)-butan-1-one, decyl diphenyl ketone, α-chloropurine, diphenyl disulfide, hexachlorobutadiene, pentachlorobutadiene, Octachlorobutene, 1-chloromethylnaphthalene, 1,2-octanedione, 1-[4-(phenylthio)-, 2-(o-benzylidene)]indole, 1-[9-B -6-(2-methylbenzhydryl)-9H-indazol-3-yl]ethanone 1-(o-ethylidene), (4-methylphenyl)[4-(2-A Propyl)phenyl]iodonium hexafluorophosphate, 3-methyl-2-butynyltetramethylphosphonium hexafluoroantimonate, diphenyl-(p-phenylthiophenyl)phosphonium hexafluoroantimonate Acid esters, etc. These types may be used alone or in combination of two or more types in any ratio.

聚合起始劑量,係相對於在未硬化狀態的接著劑所含有的(甲基)丙烯酸酯100重量份,以0.5重量份以上為佳,較佳為1重量份以上,以10重量份以下為佳,較佳為5重量份以下。 The polymerization starting dose is preferably 0.5 parts by weight or more, preferably 1 part by weight or more, and 10 parts by weight or less, based on 100 parts by weight of the (meth) acrylate contained in the uncured adhesive. Preferably, it is preferably 5 parts by weight or less.

又,作為光增感劑,例如可舉出正丁胺、三乙胺、聚正丁膦等。 Further, examples of the photosensitizer include n-butylamine, triethylamine, and poly-n-butylphosphine.

作為消泡劑,例如,可舉出BYK-Chemie Japan公司製BYK051、052、055、057、1790、065、070、088、354、392;日本油脂公司製LR-20R、OP-80R、OP-83RAT、OP-85R、PP-40R、SO-80R、SP-60R、BP-70R、CP-08R、DS-60HN等。該等係可單獨使用1種類,亦可以任意比率組合2種類以上而使用。 Examples of the antifoaming agent include BYK051, 052, 055, 057, 1790, 065, 070, 088, 354, and 392 manufactured by BYK-Chemie Japan Co., Ltd.; LR-20R, OP-80R, and OP- manufactured by Nippon Oil & Fats Co., Ltd. 83RAT, OP-85R, PP-40R, SO-80R, SP-60R, BP-70R, CP-08R, DS-60HN, etc. These types may be used alone or in combination of two or more types in any ratio.

消泡劑係能夠以接著層的接著力不低落的範圍量使用,具體而言,係相對於未硬化狀態的接著劑的固體成分100重量份,以0.1重量份以上為佳,以1.0重量份以下為佳,較佳為0.5重量份以下。 The antifoaming agent can be used in an amount in which the adhesion of the adhesive layer is not lowered. Specifically, it is preferably 0.1 part by weight or more, and 1.0 part by weight, based on 100 parts by weight of the solid content of the adhesive in an uncured state. The following is preferred, and it is preferably 0.5 parts by weight or less.

作為交聯劑,例如能夠使用分子量小於500之2 官能基以上的(甲基)丙烯酸酯單體。舉出交聯劑的具體例時,能夠舉出乙二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、二乙二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、三乙二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、四伸乙甘醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、甘油二甲基丙烯酸酯、甲基丙烯酸2-羥基-3-丙烯醯氧基丙酯、四伸乙基二丙烯酸酯、聚乙二醇二丙烯酸酯、三環癸烷二甲醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二新戊四醇六丙烯酸酯、1,6-己二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、羥基三甲基乙酸新戊二醇二丙烯酸酯、1,9-壬二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊四醇三丙烯酸酯、新戊四醇四丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、雙三羥甲基丙烷四丙烯酸酯、二丙二醇二丙烯酸酯、三丙二醇二丙烯酸酯、1,4-丁二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、1,3-丁二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、乙氧基化雙酚A二甲基丙烯酸酯。該等係可單獨使用1種類,亦可以任意比率組合2種類以上而使用。 As the crosslinking agent, for example, it is possible to use a molecular weight of less than 500 A (meth) acrylate monomer having a functional group or more. Specific examples of the crosslinking agent include ethylene glycol dimethacrylate, diethylene glycol dimethacrylate, triethylene glycol dimethacrylate, and tetraethylene glycol diethylene glycol. Acrylate, glycerin dimethacrylate, 2-hydroxy-3-propenyl propyl methacrylate, tetraethylidene diacrylate, polyethylene glycol diacrylate, tricyclodecane dimethanol II Methyl) acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, 1,6-hexanediol di(meth) acrylate, hydroxytrimethylacetic acid neopentyl glycol diacrylate, 1,9-nonanediol Di(meth)acrylate, neopentyl glycol di(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol triacrylate, pentaerythritol tetraacrylate, trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, double Trimethylolpropane tetraacrylate, dipropylene glycol diacrylate, tripropylene glycol diacrylate, 1,4-butanediol dimethacrylate, 1,3-butanediol dimethacrylate, ethoxylate Bisphenol A dimethacrylate. These types may be used alone or in combination of two or more types in any ratio.

交聯劑量,係相對於在未硬化狀態的接著劑所含有的(甲基)丙烯酸酯100重量份,以0.5重量份以上為佳,較佳為1重量份以上,以10重量份以下為佳,較佳為5重量份以下。藉由將交聯劑量設為前述範圍之下限值以上,能夠有效地提高接著層的機械強度。又,藉由設為上限值以下,能夠提高複層薄膜(A)與複層薄膜(B)之接著力。 The amount of the crosslinking agent is preferably 0.5 parts by weight or more, preferably 1 part by weight or more, more preferably 10 parts by weight or less, based on 100 parts by weight of the (meth) acrylate contained in the uncured adhesive. It is preferably 5 parts by weight or less. By setting the amount of the crosslinking agent to be equal to or higher than the lower limit of the above range, the mechanical strength of the adhesive layer can be effectively improved. Moreover, by setting it as an upper limit or less, the adhesive force of the multilayer film (A) and the multilayer film (B) can be improved.

作為黏度調整劑,例如,能夠使用將具有數nm~數百nm的粒徑之金屬氧化物的粒子分散於溶劑而成之漿料。作為金屬氧化物,例如可舉出二氧化矽、氫氧化鋁、氧化鋁、氧化鈦、氧化鋅、硫酸鋇、矽酸鎂、及該等的混合物。作為黏度調整劑的具體例,能夠舉出日產化學公司製有機二氧化矽溶 膠、甲醇二氧化矽溶膠、IPA-ST、IPA-ST-UP、IPA-ST-ZL、EG-ST、NPC-ST-30、DMAC-ST、MEK-ST、MIBK-ST、XBA-ST、PMA-ST、PGM-ST;扶桑化學公司製PL-1-IPA、PL-1-TOL、PL-2L-PGME、PL-2L-MEK等。該等係可單獨使用1種類,亦可以任意比率組合2種類以上而使用。 As the viscosity adjuster, for example, a slurry obtained by dispersing particles of a metal oxide having a particle diameter of several nm to several hundreds nm in a solvent can be used. Examples of the metal oxide include cerium oxide, aluminum hydroxide, aluminum oxide, titanium oxide, zinc oxide, barium sulfate, magnesium citrate, and the like. Specific examples of the viscosity modifier include organic cerium oxide dissolved by Nissan Chemical Co., Ltd. Glue, methanol cerium oxide sol, IPA-ST, IPA-ST-UP, IPA-ST-ZL, EG-ST, NPC-ST-30, DMAC-ST, MEK-ST, MIBK-ST, XBA-ST, PMA-ST, PGM-ST; PL-1-IPA, PL-1-TOL, PL-2L-PGME, PL-2L-MEK, etc. manufactured by Fuso Chemical Co., Ltd. These types may be used alone or in combination of two or more types in any ratio.

黏度調整劑量,係相對於在未硬化狀態的接著劑所含有的(甲基)丙烯酸酯100重量份之金屬氧化物量,以1重量份以上為佳,較佳為5重量份以上,以15重量份以下為佳,較佳為10重量份以下。藉由將黏度調整劑量設為前述範圍之下限值以上,能夠適當地調整在未硬化狀態之接著劑的黏度。又,藉由設為上限值以下,能夠提高複層薄膜(A)與複層薄膜(B)之接著力。 The viscosity-adjusting dose is preferably 1 part by weight or more, preferably 5 parts by weight or more, based on 100 parts by weight of the (meth) acrylate contained in the uncured state. The remainder is preferably below, preferably 10 parts by weight or less. By setting the viscosity adjustment amount to be equal to or higher than the lower limit of the above range, the viscosity of the adhesive in the uncured state can be appropriately adjusted. Moreover, by setting it as an upper limit or less, the adhesive force of the multilayer film (A) and the multilayer film (B) can be improved.

作為接著劑的具體例,能夠舉出在特開平7-82544號公報所記載的例子。 Specific examples of the adhesive agent include the examples described in JP-A-7-82544.

接著層的厚度係以0.5μm以上為佳,較佳為1μm以上,更佳為3μm以上,以30μm以下為佳,較佳為20μm以下,更佳為10μm以下。藉由將接著層的厚度設為前述範圍之下限值,能夠提高複層薄膜(A)與複層薄膜(B)之接著力。又,藉由設為上限值以下,能夠加快接著劑的硬化速度而容易地使接著劑硬化,又,能夠謀求薄膜化。 The thickness of the layer is preferably 0.5 μm or more, more preferably 1 μm or more, still more preferably 3 μm or more, and most preferably 30 μm or less, more preferably 20 μm or less, still more preferably 10 μm or less. By setting the thickness of the adhesive layer to the lower limit of the above range, the adhesion between the multi-layer film (A) and the multi-layer film (B) can be improved. In addition, by setting it as the upper limit or less, it is possible to accelerate the curing rate of the adhesive, and it is easy to harden the adhesive, and it is possible to reduce the thickness.

[1.4.積層體之其他事項] [1.4. Other matters of laminated body]

在上述的積層體,其固有雙折射為正的非液晶性材料之層(A2)及固有雙折射為負的非液晶性材料之層(B1),係具有所需要的光學特性(特別是遲滯值)。因此,藉由將不需要的層從該 積層體剝下,能夠容易地得到組合固有雙折射為正的非液晶性材料之層(A2)及固有雙折射為負的非液晶性材料之層(B1)而成之相位差薄膜。 In the above laminated body, the layer (A2) of the non-liquid crystal material having a positive birefringence and the layer (B1) of the non-liquid crystal material having a negative intrinsic birefringence have desired optical characteristics (especially hysteresis). value). Therefore, by taking the unwanted layers from When the laminated body is peeled off, a phase difference film in which a layer (A2) of a non-liquid crystal material having a positive intrinsic birefringence is combined and a layer (B1) of a non-liquid crystal material having a negative intrinsic birefringence can be easily obtained.

又,在上述的積層體,能夠將其固有雙折射為正的非液晶性材料之層(A2)及固有雙折射為負的非液晶性材料之層(B1)的厚度。特別是通常因為固有雙折射為負的非液晶性材料的機械強度弱,所以非液晶性材料之層(B1)係容易破損,但是在上述的積層體,能夠穩定地防止非液晶性材料之層(B1)破損。而且,通常,即便將固有雙折射為正的非液晶性材料之層(A2)及固有雙折射為負的非液晶性材料之層(B1)的厚度薄化,亦能夠減少其厚度偏差。因此,藉由將不需要的層從該積層體剝下,能夠容易地得到厚度薄的相位差薄膜。 Further, in the above laminated body, the layer (A2) of the non-liquid crystal material having a positive birefringence and the layer (B1) of the non-liquid crystal material having a negative intrinsic birefringence can be obtained. In particular, since the mechanical strength of the non-liquid crystal material having a negative intrinsic birefringence is generally low, the layer (B1) of the non-liquid crystal material is easily broken. However, in the above laminated body, the layer of the non-liquid crystal material can be stably prevented. (B1) Damaged. Further, in general, even if the layer (A2) of the non-liquid crystal material having a positive intrinsic birefringence and the layer (B1) of the non-liquid crystal material having a negative intrinsic birefringence are thinned, the thickness variation can be reduced. Therefore, by peeling off an unnecessary layer from the laminated body, a retardation film having a small thickness can be easily obtained.

[1.5.積層體的製造方法] [1.5. Manufacturing method of laminated body]

在第1圖所顯示之積層體100,係例如能夠藉由包含以下的步驟之方法來製造:製造複層薄膜(A)10之步驟;製造複層薄膜(B)20之步驟;及透過接著層30將複層薄膜(A)10及複層薄膜(B)20貼合之步驟。以下,針對該製造方法進行說明。 The layered body 100 shown in Fig. 1 can be produced, for example, by a method comprising the steps of: producing a multi-layer film (A) 10; and producing a multi-layer film (B) 20; The layer 30 is a step of laminating the multi-layer film (A) 10 and the multi-layer film (B) 20. Hereinafter, this manufacturing method will be described.

[1.5.1.複層薄膜(A)的製造步驟之例子] [1.5.1. Example of Manufacturing Step of Multilayer Film (A)]

第2圖係示意性顯示製造複層薄膜(A)10之製造裝置200的例子之概略圖。如在第2圖所顯示,在製造複層薄膜(A)10時,能夠使用具備係展開部210、乾燥部220、及延伸部230之製造裝置200。 Fig. 2 is a schematic view showing an example of a manufacturing apparatus 200 for manufacturing a multi-layer film (A) 10. As shown in FIG. 2, when manufacturing the multi-layer film (A) 10, the manufacturing apparatus 200 provided with the expansion part 210, the drying part 220, and the extension part 230 can be used.

展開部210,係能夠將使固有雙折射為正的非液晶性材料溶解於溶劑而成之溶液240,展開(鑄塑)在基材(A1)11 上之裝置。 The development unit 210 is capable of dissolving (casting) the solution 240 in which the non-liquid crystal material having a positive intrinsic birefringence is dissolved in a solvent (A1) 11 The device on it.

作為使固有雙折射為正的非液晶性材料溶解之溶劑,能夠使用能夠將固有雙折射為正的非液晶性材料溶解且不將基材(A1)極度地浸蝕者。該溶劑係能夠按照所使用之固有雙折射為正的非液晶性材料及基材(A1)而選擇適當者。作為溶劑的具體例,可舉出氯仿、二氯甲烷、四氯化碳、二氯甲烷、四氯乙烷、三氯乙烯、四氯乙烯、氯苯、鄰二氯苯等的鹵化烴類;苯酚、對氯苯酚等的酚類;苯、甲苯、二甲苯、甲氧基苯、1,2-二甲氧基苯等的芳香族烴類;丙酮、乙酸乙酯、第三丁醇、甘油、乙二醇、三乙二醇、乙二醇一甲基醚、二乙二醇二甲基醚、丙二醇、二丙二醇、2-甲基-2,4-戊二醇、乙基賽路蘇(ethyl cellosolve)、丁基賽路蘇(butyl cellosolve)、2-吡咯啶酮、N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、吡啶、三乙胺、二甲基甲醯胺、二甲基乙醯胺、乙腈、丁腈、甲基異丁基酮、甲基醚酮、環戊酮、二硫化碳等。又,亦可以依照固有雙折射為正的非液晶性材料的種類而使用硫酸作為溶劑。溶劑係可單獨使用1種類,亦可以任意比率組合2種類以上而使用。 As a solvent in which the non-liquid crystal material having a positive intrinsic birefringence is dissolved, a non-liquid crystal material capable of neutralizing the intrinsic birefringence can be used without causing extreme erosion of the substrate (A1). The solvent can be selected in accordance with the non-liquid crystal material and the substrate (A1) having a positive intrinsic birefringence to be used. Specific examples of the solvent include halogenated hydrocarbons such as chloroform, dichloromethane, carbon tetrachloride, dichloromethane, tetrachloroethane, trichloroethylene, tetrachloroethylene, chlorobenzene, and o-dichlorobenzene; Phenols such as phenol and p-chlorophenol; aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, xylene, methoxybenzene, and 1,2-dimethoxybenzene; acetone, ethyl acetate, tert-butanol, and glycerin , ethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, propylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, 2-methyl-2,4-pentanediol, ethyl 赛路苏(ethyl cellosolve), butyl cellosolve, 2-pyrrolidone, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, pyridine, triethylamine, dimethylformamide, dimethylacetamidine Amine, acetonitrile, butyronitrile, methyl isobutyl ketone, methyl ether ketone, cyclopentanone, carbon disulfide, and the like. Further, sulfuric acid may be used as the solvent in accordance with the type of the non-liquid crystal material having a positive intrinsic birefringence. The solvent may be used singly or in combination of two or more kinds in any ratio.

在溶液240,考慮對基材(A1)11的塗布性(例如異物混入、塗布時的不均和產生線條的程度)時,固有雙折射為正的非液晶性材料之濃度,係以0.5重量%以上為佳,較佳為1重量%以上,特佳為2重量%以上,以50重量%以下為佳,較佳為40重量%以下,特佳為30重量%以下。藉由將濃度設為前述範圍之下限值以上,能夠提高溶液240的黏度而以所需要厚度將溶液240展開。又,藉由設為上限值以下,能夠降低 溶液240的黏度而防止溶液240之層的面狀變差。 In the solution 240, in consideration of the coating property to the substrate (A1) 11 (for example, the foreign matter is mixed, the unevenness at the time of coating, and the degree of generation of a line), the concentration of the non-liquid crystal material having a positive intrinsic birefringence is 0.5 weight. More preferably, it is 1 or more, more preferably 1% by weight or more, particularly preferably 2% by weight or more, more preferably 50% by weight or less, more preferably 40% by weight or less, and particularly preferably 30% by weight or less. By setting the concentration to be equal to or higher than the lower limit of the above range, the viscosity of the solution 240 can be increased and the solution 240 can be spread at a desired thickness. Moreover, it can be lowered by setting it as an upper limit or less. The viscosity of the solution 240 prevents the surface of the layer of the solution 240 from deteriorating.

又,溶液240,係除了固有雙折射為正的非液晶性材料及溶劑以外,亦可含有例如界面活性劑等的調配劑。 Further, the solution 240 may contain a formulation such as a surfactant, in addition to a non-liquid crystal material having a positive intrinsic birefringence and a solvent.

在展開部210之展開方法,係通常使用塗布法。舉出塗布法的具體例時,可舉出旋轉塗布法、輥塗布法、模塗布法、刮板塗布法等。 In the method of unfolding the expansion unit 210, a coating method is generally used. Specific examples of the coating method include a spin coating method, a roll coating method, a die coating method, and a blade coating method.

乾燥部220係能夠使在基材(A1)11上被展開的溶液240乾燥之裝置。藉由將溶液240乾燥,能夠得到依照順序具備基材(A1)11及固有雙折射為正的非液晶性材料之層(A2)之延伸前薄膜250。乾燥部係以能夠在30℃~200℃的範圍調整溫度的裝置為佳,而且以具有將經控制溫度控制的溫風積極的送至薄膜面上之機構為佳。 The drying unit 220 is a device capable of drying the solution 240 developed on the substrate (A1) 11. By drying the solution 240, the pre-extension film 250 having the substrate (A1) 11 and the layer (A2) of the non-liquid crystal material having a positive intrinsic birefringence in this order can be obtained. The drying section is preferably a device capable of adjusting the temperature in the range of 30 ° C to 200 ° C, and is preferably provided with a mechanism for positively controlling the temperature controlled by the controlled temperature to the film surface.

延伸部230係在將溶液240乾燥之後,能夠將基材(A1)11延伸之裝置。基材(A1)11被延伸時,在其上所形成之正的非液晶性材料之層(A2)亦被延伸。因為藉由該延伸而顯現遲滯值,所以能夠得到具有所需要的遲滯值之非液晶性材料之層(A2)。作為此種延伸部230,例如能夠使用擴幅延伸機。擴幅延伸機係通常具備成為一對的軋道;及能夠沿著該軋道而移動之把持件。軋道係具有軋道擴幅部,其中該軋道擴幅部係在朝向帶狀薄膜的MD方向下游側,在TD方向將軋道寬度擴展成為錐狀。在此種擴幅延伸機,藉由使用把持件把持薄膜的TD方向兩端部且使該把持件沿著前述軋道移動,能夠使帶狀薄膜在TD方向延伸。 The extension portion 230 is a device capable of extending the substrate (A1) 11 after drying the solution 240. When the substrate (A1) 11 is extended, the layer (A2) of the positive non-liquid crystalline material formed thereon is also extended. Since the hysteresis value is exhibited by the extension, a layer (A2) of a non-liquid crystal material having a desired hysteresis value can be obtained. As such an extension 230, for example, a spreader can be used. The spreader machine generally has a pair of rolling passes; and a gripper that can move along the pass. The rolling pass system has a rolling groove expansion portion in which the rolling groove expanding portion is formed on the downstream side in the MD direction of the strip-shaped film, and the rolling pass width is expanded into a tapered shape in the TD direction. In such a spreader, the strip film can be extended in the TD direction by gripping both end portions of the film in the TD direction with the grip member and moving the grip member along the rolling pass.

使用此種製造裝置200而製造複層薄膜(A)時,能 夠使用長條薄膜狀的基材(A1)11且藉由捲繞式法來製造。例如,將基材(A1)11從基材(A1)11的捲物拉出,而且將所拉出的基材(A1)11連續地送至展開部210。] When the multilayer film (A) is produced by using such a manufacturing apparatus 200, It is possible to use a long film-form substrate (A1) 11 and to manufacture it by a winding method. For example, the substrate (A1) 11 is pulled out from the roll of the substrate (A1) 11, and the drawn substrate (A1) 11 is continuously sent to the developing portion 210. ]

從提高操作性及機械強度之觀點,延伸前之基材(A1)11的厚度,係以40μm以上為佳,較佳為60μm以上,從使操作性更良好之觀點,係以500μm以下為佳,較佳為150μm以下。 The thickness of the substrate (A1) 11 before stretching is preferably 40 μm or more, preferably 60 μm or more, from the viewpoint of improving workability and mechanical strength, and is preferably 500 μm or less from the viewpoint of improving workability. It is preferably 150 μm or less.

在展開部210,係在基材(A1)11上,進行將溶液240展開(鑄塑)之步驟。此時,展開溶液240的量,係能夠以藉由展開所形成之溶液240的厚度,能夠得到在複層薄膜(A)10所需要厚度之非液晶性材料之層(A2)12的厚度之方式設定。 In the unfolding portion 210, a step of expanding (casting) the solution 240 is performed on the substrate (A1) 11. At this time, the amount of the developing solution 240 can be such that the thickness of the layer (A2) 12 of the non-liquid crystalline material having the desired thickness of the multi-layer film (A) 10 can be obtained by expanding the thickness of the solution 240 formed. Mode setting.

在基材(A1)11的表面11U,將溶液240展開之區域,不是基材(A1)11的整體,而是以設為將在延伸時之把持處除去後之區域為佳。例如,基材(A1)11為帶狀,將該帶狀之基材(A1)11在TD方向延伸時,係以將延伸時的把持處亦即基材(A1)11的寬度方向兩端部除外,而將溶液240展開在基材(A1)11之中央部分為佳。 On the surface 11U of the substrate (A1) 11, the region where the solution 240 is unfolded is not the entire substrate (A1) 11, but is preferably a region where the grip at the time of stretching is removed. For example, the base material (A1) 11 has a strip shape, and when the strip-shaped base material (A1) 11 is extended in the TD direction, the grip portion at the time of extension, that is, the both ends in the width direction of the base material (A1) 11 Except for the portion, it is preferred to spread the solution 240 in the central portion of the substrate (A1) 11.

將溶液240展開在表面11U後之基材(A1)11,係被送至乾燥部220。在乾燥部220,係進行將被展開於基材(A1)11的表面之溶液240乾燥之步驟。 The substrate (A1) 11 after the solution 240 is developed on the surface 11U is sent to the drying section 220. In the drying section 220, a step of drying the solution 240 which is developed on the surface of the substrate (A1) 11 is performed.

乾燥溫度亦可按照溶液240的溶劑種類而設定,以40℃以上為佳,較佳為50℃以上,以250℃以下為佳,較佳為200℃以下。乾燥係可以在一定溫度進行,亦可以階段性或連續地使溫度上升而進行。 The drying temperature may be set according to the solvent type of the solution 240, preferably 40 ° C or higher, preferably 50 ° C or higher, preferably 250 ° C or lower, and more preferably 200 ° C or lower. The drying system can be carried out at a certain temperature, or can be carried out by increasing the temperature stepwise or continuously.

乾燥時間係以10秒鐘以上為佳,較佳為30秒鐘以上,以60分鐘以下為佳,較佳為30分鐘以下。藉由將乾燥時間設為前述範圍之下限值以上,能夠將溶劑從溶液240的層充分地除去而提高製品可靠性。又,藉由設為上限值以下,能夠提高生產性。 The drying time is preferably 10 seconds or longer, preferably 30 seconds or longer, preferably 60 minutes or shorter, more preferably 30 minutes or shorter. By setting the drying time to be equal to or higher than the lower limit of the above range, the solvent can be sufficiently removed from the layer of the solution 240 to improve the reliability of the product. Moreover, productivity can be improved by setting it as an upper limit or less.

藉由乾燥,在基材(A1)11的表面形成固有雙折射為正的非液晶性材料之層(A2)。如此進行而得到之延伸前之固有雙折射為正的非液晶性材料之層(A2)的厚度,係比延伸前之基材(A1)11的厚度更薄為佳,以比前述基材(A1)11的厚度的一半更小為更佳。藉由將延伸前之固有雙折射為正的非液晶性材料之層(A2)的厚度對基材(A1)11的厚度相對地減小,在延伸處理時能夠進行均勻的延伸。 A layer (A2) of a non-liquid crystal material having a positive intrinsic birefringence is formed on the surface of the substrate (A1) 11 by drying. The thickness of the layer (A2) of the non-liquid crystal material having a positive intrinsic birefringence before stretching obtained in this manner is preferably thinner than the thickness of the substrate (A1) 11 before stretching, in comparison with the aforementioned substrate ( It is more preferable that half of the thickness of A1)11 is smaller. By the thickness of the layer (A2) of the non-liquid crystal material having a positive intrinsic birefringence before stretching, the thickness of the substrate (A1) 11 is relatively reduced, and uniform stretching can be performed at the time of the stretching treatment.

又,延伸前之固有雙折射為正的非液晶性材料之層(A2)之具體的厚度,係能夠按照在延伸後所得到之非液晶性材料之層(A2)的厚度而設定,以0.5μm以上為佳,較佳為1μm以上,又,以50μm以下為佳,較佳為30μm以下。藉由將厚度設為前述範圍之下限值以上,在複層薄膜(A)10的非液晶性材料之層(A2)12,能夠得到充分的遲滯值及機械強度。又,藉由設為上限值以下,能夠提高複層薄膜(A)10的非液晶性材料之層(A2)12的耐負傷性及操作性,而且能夠將厚度薄化且能夠進一步抑制厚度偏差。 Further, the specific thickness of the layer (A2) of the non-liquid crystal material having a positive intrinsic birefringence before stretching can be set in accordance with the thickness of the layer (A2) of the non-liquid crystal material obtained after stretching, to 0.5. The thickness is preferably μm or more, preferably 1 μm or more, more preferably 50 μm or less, and still more preferably 30 μm or less. By setting the thickness to the lower limit or more of the above range, a sufficient hysteresis value and mechanical strength can be obtained in the layer (A2) 12 of the non-liquid crystal material of the multi-layer film (A) 10. In addition, it is possible to increase the damage resistance and workability of the layer (A2) 12 of the non-liquid crystal material of the multi-layer film (A) 10, and to reduce the thickness and further suppress the thickness. deviation.

藉由乾燥而形成有固有雙折射為正的非液晶性材料之層(A2)之基材(A1)11,係被送至延伸部230。在延伸部230,係進行將基材(A1)11延伸之步驟。 The substrate (A1) 11 having a layer (A2) of a non-liquid crystal material having a positive intrinsic birefringence formed by drying is sent to the extending portion 230. In the extension portion 230, a step of extending the substrate (A1) 11 is performed.

此時,以將基材(A1)11之未展開固有雙折射為正的非液晶性材料之TD方向兩端的部分把持而進行延伸為佳。亦即,以將用以延伸之把持處設為只有基材(A1)11為佳。如此,在基材(A1)11上形成有固有雙折射為正的非液晶性材料之層(A2)之狀態下將基材(A1)11延伸時,能夠使該基材(A1)11承受張力而將基材(A1)11均勻地延伸。此時,基材(A1)11之均勻的延伸係對前述固有雙折射為正的非液晶性材料之層(A2)起作用,因為固有雙折射為正的非液晶性材料之層(A2)係間接地被延伸,相較於直接將固有雙折射為正的非液晶性材料之層(A2)延伸時,能夠進行更均勻的延伸。亦即,基材(A1)11係擔任如緩和層的任務,從基材(A1)11的把持處至固有雙折射為正的非液晶性材料之層(A2)為止之延伸應力的傳導方法係變為緩慢,結果能夠在寬度方向更均勻的延伸。特別是使固有雙折射為正的非液晶性材料之層(A2)的厚度對基材(A1)11的厚度相對地減小而進行延伸時,因為張力係主要使前述基材(A1)11承受,而能夠使固有雙折射為正的非液晶性材料之層(A2)的延伸更均勻地進行,乃是特佳。 In this case, it is preferable to stretch the portions of the non-liquid crystal material having the undeveloped intrinsic birefringence of the base material (A1) 11 at both ends in the TD direction. That is, it is preferable to set the holding portion for extension to be only the substrate (A1) 11. When the substrate (A1) 11 is stretched in a state in which the layer (A2) of the non-liquid crystal material having a positive in birefringence is formed on the substrate (A1) 11, the substrate (A1) 11 can be subjected to the substrate (A1) 11 The substrate (A1) 11 is uniformly extended by the tension. At this time, the uniform extension of the substrate (A1) 11 acts on the layer (A2) of the non-liquid crystalline material having the positive intrinsic birefringence because the layer having the intrinsic birefringence is a positive non-liquid crystalline material (A2) It is indirectly extended, and a more uniform extension can be performed than when the layer (A2) of the non-liquid crystalline material having the intrinsic birefringence is directly extended. That is, the substrate (A1) 11 serves as a function of the relaxation layer, and the propagation method of the extension stress from the holding portion of the substrate (A1) 11 to the layer (A2) of the non-liquid crystal material having a positive intrinsic birefringence The system becomes slow, and as a result, it can extend more evenly in the width direction. In particular, when the thickness of the layer (A2) of the non-liquid crystal material having a positive intrinsic birefringence is relatively small and the thickness of the substrate (A1) 11 is relatively decreased, since the tension system mainly causes the aforementioned substrate (A1) 11 It is particularly preferable to carry out the stretching of the layer (A2) of the non-liquid crystal material having a positive intrinsic birefringence more uniformly.

延伸溫度,係以形成基材(A1)11的材料之玻璃轉移溫度±20℃的範圍為佳,又,以固有雙折射為正的非液晶性材料之玻璃轉移溫度以下為佳。具體的延伸溫度係以40℃以上為佳,較佳為80℃以上,特佳為100℃以上,以250℃以下為佳,較佳為220℃以下,特佳為200℃以下。藉由以基材(A1)11之玻璃轉移溫度-20℃以上的溫度進行延伸,能夠使用較小的張力進行延伸。又,因為能夠抑制應力集中至在基材(A1)11 形成有固有雙折射為正的非液晶性材料之層(A2)之區域與未形成的區域之界線,所以能夠防止基材(A1)破損。而且,藉由以基材(A1)11之玻璃轉移溫度+20℃以下的溫度進行延伸,能夠確實地進行固有雙折射為正的非液晶性材料之層(A2)的延伸。又,藉由以固有雙折射為正的非液晶性材料之玻璃轉移溫度以下進行延伸,能夠穩定地進行延伸的控制,而且在製造步驟不施加負荷而能夠得到所需要的遲滯值。 The stretching temperature is preferably in the range of a glass transition temperature of ±20 ° C of the material forming the substrate (A1) 11, and preferably less than the glass transition temperature of the non-liquid crystal material having a positive intrinsic birefringence. The specific extension temperature is preferably 40 ° C or higher, preferably 80 ° C or higher, particularly preferably 100 ° C or higher, preferably 250 ° C or lower, preferably 220 ° C or lower, and particularly preferably 200 ° C or lower. By extending at a glass transition temperature of the substrate (A1) 11 at a temperature of -20 ° C or higher, stretching can be performed with a small tension. Also, because stress concentration can be suppressed to be on the substrate (A1) 11 Since the boundary between the region of the layer (A2) having the intrinsic birefringence and the non-liquid crystal material is formed, the substrate (A1) can be prevented from being damaged. Further, by extending at a glass transition temperature of the substrate (A1) 11 at a temperature of +20 ° C or lower, the stretching of the layer (A2) of the non-liquid crystal material having a positive intrinsic birefringence can be surely performed. Further, by extending the glass transition temperature of the non-liquid crystal material having positive intrinsic birefringence or less, it is possible to stably control the stretching, and it is possible to obtain a desired hysteresis value without applying a load in the manufacturing step.

延伸倍率係以1.01倍以上為佳,較佳為1.03倍以上,特佳為1.05倍以上,以2倍以下為佳,較佳為1.7倍以下,特佳為1.5倍以下。藉由將延伸倍率設為前述範圍之下限值以上,能夠使非液晶性材料之層(A2)12穩定地顯現所需要的遲滯值。又,藉由設為上限值以下,能夠防止延伸不均而使在非液晶性材料之層(A2)12之遲滯值均勻。在此,延伸次數可為1次,亦可為2次以上。 The stretching ratio is preferably 1.01 or more, more preferably 1.03 times or more, particularly preferably 1.05 times or more, more preferably 2 times or less, more preferably 1.7 times or less, and particularly preferably 1.5 times or less. By setting the stretching ratio to be equal to or higher than the lower limit of the above range, the layer (A2) 12 of the non-liquid crystal material can stably exhibit the required hysteresis value. Moreover, by setting it as the upper limit or less, it is possible to prevent unevenness of the extension and to make the hysteresis value of the layer (A2) 12 of the non-liquid crystal material uniform. Here, the number of extensions may be one or two or more.

藉由前述的延伸,在固有雙折射為正的非液晶性材料之層(A2)係顯現遲滯值,而能夠得到具有所需要的光學特性之複層薄膜(A)10。在該複層薄膜(A)10,固有雙折射為正的非液晶性材料之層(A2)12之面內的遲相軸,係通常與在延伸部230被延伸的方向平行。 By the above extension, the layer (A2) of the non-liquid crystal material having a positive intrinsic birefringence exhibits a hysteresis value, and a multilayer film (A) 10 having desired optical characteristics can be obtained. In the multi-layer film (A) 10, the slow phase axis in the plane of the layer (A2) 12 of the non-liquid crystal material having a positive intrinsic birefringence is generally parallel to the direction in which the extending portion 230 is extended.

又,在該製造方法,亦可進行上述以外的步驟。 Further, in the production method, steps other than the above may be performed.

例如在延伸之後,亦可按照必要而進行緩和步驟。在緩和步驟,係將被延伸後的基材(A1)11保持預定時間、預定溫度而使基材(A1)11收縮。此時的緩和率係以20%以內為佳,保持溫度係以形成上述基材(A1)11的材料之玻璃轉移溫度±30℃的範 圍為佳,保持時間係以1秒~60秒為佳。 For example, after the extension, the mitigation step can also be performed as necessary. In the relaxation step, the substrate (A1) 11 to be stretched is held for a predetermined time and at a predetermined temperature to shrink the substrate (A1) 11. The relaxation rate at this time is preferably within 20%, and the temperature is maintained at a glass transition temperature of ±30 ° C of the material forming the substrate (A1) 11 described above. The circumference is better, and the retention time is preferably from 1 second to 60 seconds.

又,例如延伸之後,所得到的複層薄膜(A)10亦能夠按照必要而被冷卻至室溫為止。冷卻速度及冷卻手段係沒有特別限制。但是,在冷卻前急遽地將延伸時的張力釋放時,因為在所得到的複層薄膜(A)10容易產生皺紋,以在將該張力釋放之前,實施冷卻步驟的一部分或全部為佳。] Further, for example, after the stretching, the obtained multi-layer film (A) 10 can be cooled to room temperature as necessary. The cooling rate and the cooling means are not particularly limited. However, when the tension at the time of stretching is suddenly released before cooling, since wrinkles are likely to occur in the obtained multi-layer film (A) 10, it is preferable to carry out part or all of the cooling step before releasing the tension. ]

所得到的複層薄膜(A)10,係通常被捲取成為捲物狀而被保存。在使用此種製造方法所得到的複層薄膜(A)10,係非液晶性材料之層(A2)12的厚度偏差小,又,非液晶性材料之層(A2)12的遲滯值均勻。 The obtained multi-layer film (A) 10 is usually taken up in a roll shape and stored. In the multi-layer film (A) 10 obtained by such a production method, the thickness deviation of the layer (A2) 12 which is a non-liquid crystal material is small, and the hysteresis value of the layer (A2) 12 of the non-liquid crystal material is uniform.

[1.5.2.複層薄膜(b)的製造步驟之例子] [1.5.2. Example of Manufacturing Step of Multilayer Film (b)]

複層薄膜(B),係通常能夠藉由包含得到依照順序具備樹脂層(B2)及固有雙折射為負的非液晶性材料之層(B1)之複層薄膜之步驟,及將該複層薄膜延伸之步驟之製造方法來製造。尤其是以製造依照順序具備樹脂層(B2)、固有雙折射為負的非液晶性材料之層(B1)及樹脂層(B2)之複層薄膜(b),在將該複層薄膜(b)延伸之後,將一側的樹脂層(B2)從延伸後的複層薄膜(b)剝離而得到複層薄膜(B)為佳。雖然固有雙折射為負的非液晶性材料之層(B1)係通常機械強度弱,但是藉由使用樹脂層(B2)將非液晶性材料之層(B1)的兩面覆蓋,能夠確實地防止延伸時非液晶性材料之層(B1)的破損。又,因為藉由強度高的樹脂層(B2)從兩側將非液晶性材料之層(B1)夾入而能夠保護,所以能夠有效地防止從非液晶性材料之層(B1)滲出。在此所謂從非液晶性材料之層(B1)滲出,係指在非液晶性材料之層(B1)所含有 的一部分成分(例如調配劑)滲出至非液晶性材料之層(B1)的表面之現象。 The multi-layer film (B) is generally capable of comprising a multi-layer film comprising a layer (B1) of a non-liquid crystal material having a resin layer (B2) and a negative intrinsic birefringence in order, and the layer The manufacturing method of the step of stretching the film is carried out. In particular, a multi-layer film (b) having a layer (B1) and a resin layer (B2) of a non-liquid crystal material having a resin layer (B2) and a negative intrinsic birefringence in order is produced, and the multi-layer film (b) is used. After the stretching, it is preferred to peel the resin layer (B2) on one side from the stretched multi-layer film (b) to obtain a multi-layer film (B). The layer (B1) of the non-liquid crystal material having a negative intrinsic birefringence is generally weak in mechanical strength, but by covering both surfaces of the layer (B1) of the non-liquid crystal material by using the resin layer (B2), the extension can be surely prevented. The layer (B1) of the non-liquid crystal material is broken. Moreover, since the layer (B1) of the non-liquid crystal material is sandwiched by the resin layer (B2) having high strength from both sides, it can be protected, and therefore it is possible to effectively prevent bleed out from the layer (B1) of the non-liquid crystal material. Here, the bleed out from the layer (B1) of the non-liquid crystal material means that it is contained in the layer (B1) of the non-liquid crystal material. A phenomenon in which a part of the component (for example, a formulation agent) bleeds out to the surface of the layer (B1) of the non-liquid crystalline material.

第3圖係示意性顯示製造複層薄膜(b)310之製造裝置300的例子之概略圖。如第3圖所顯示,在製造複層薄膜(b)310時,能夠使用具備薄膜成型部320、及延伸部330之製造裝置300。 Fig. 3 is a schematic view showing an example of a manufacturing apparatus 300 for manufacturing a multi-layer film (b) 310. As shown in FIG. 3, when manufacturing the multi-layer film (b) 310, the manufacturing apparatus 300 provided with the film-molding part 320 and the extension part 330 can be used.

薄膜成型部320,係製造依造順序具備樹脂層(B2)、固有雙折射為負的非液晶性材料之層(B1)及樹脂層(B2)之複層薄膜(b)之裝置。作為製造方法,例如可舉出共擠製T型模具法、共擠製吹塑法、共擠製積層法等的共擠製成形法;乾式積層等的薄膜積層成形法;共流延法;及在樹脂薄膜表面塗布樹脂溶液等的塗布成形法等的方法。尤其是從製造效率、不使溶劑等的揮發性成分殘留在薄膜之觀點,以共擠製成形法為佳。 The film forming unit 320 is a device that includes a resin layer (B2), a layer (B1) of a non-liquid crystal material having a negative intrinsic birefringence, and a multi-layer film (b) of a resin layer (B2). Examples of the production method include a co-extrusion T-die method, a co-extrusion blow molding method, a co-extrusion lamination method, and the like; a coextrusion molding method such as dry lamination; a co-casting method; And a method of applying a coating method such as a resin solution to the surface of the resin film. In particular, from the viewpoint of production efficiency and the fact that volatile components such as a solvent are not left in the film, a co-extrusion molding method is preferred.

採用共擠製成形法時,複層薄膜(b)係例如能夠藉由將固有雙折射為負的非液晶性材料與形成樹脂層(B2)之樹脂共擠製來得到。在共擠製成形法,係例如可舉出共擠製T型模具法、共擠製吹塑法、共擠製積層法等,尤其是以共擠製T型模具法為佳。又,共擠製T型模具法係有供料塊方式及多歧管方式,就能夠減少厚度的偏差而言,以多歧管方式為特佳。 When the co-extrusion molding method is employed, the multi-layer film (b) can be obtained, for example, by co-extruding a non-liquid crystal material having a negative intrinsic birefringence and a resin forming the resin layer (B2). Examples of the co-extrusion molding method include a co-extruded T-die method, a co-extrusion blow molding method, a co-extrusion lamination method, and the like, and in particular, a co-extruded T-die method is preferred. Further, the co-extruded T-die method has a feed block method and a multi-manifold method, and it is particularly preferable to reduce the thickness variation by the multi-manifold method.

在第3圖,係說明藉由從模具321將材料共擠製至冷卻輥322上,來製造延伸前的複層薄膜(b)340。 In Fig. 3, a multi-layer film (b) 340 before stretching is produced by co-extruding a material from a mold 321 onto a cooling roll 322.

延伸部330係能夠將延伸前的複層薄膜(b)340進行延伸之裝置。藉由將延伸前的複層薄膜(b)340進行延伸,在 固有雙折射為負的非液晶性材料之層(B1),係顯現遲滯值且能夠得到所需要的複層薄膜(b)。作為在此種延伸部330所進行的延伸,例如,能夠採用利用輥之間的周速差而在MD方向單軸延伸之方法(縱向單軸延伸);使用擴幅延伸機而在TD方向進行單軸延伸之方法(橫向單軸延伸);依照順序進行縱向單軸延伸及橫向單軸延伸之方法(逐次雙軸延伸);同時進行縱向單軸延伸及橫向單軸延伸之方法(同時雙軸延伸);在對MD方向傾斜的方向進行延伸之方法(傾斜延伸)等。在此所謂「傾斜方向」,係意味著不是平行且亦不是正交的方向。 The extension portion 330 is a device capable of extending the multi-layer film (b) 340 before stretching. By extending the pre-extended multi-layer film (b) 340, The layer (B1) of the non-liquid crystal material having a negative intrinsic birefringence exhibits a hysteresis value and can obtain a desired multi-layer film (b). As the extension performed in the extension portion 330, for example, a method of uniaxially extending in the MD direction by the circumferential speed difference between the rolls (longitudinal uniaxial stretching) can be employed; in the TD direction using a spreader stretching machine Uniaxial extension method (transverse uniaxial extension); method of longitudinal uniaxial extension and lateral uniaxial extension in sequence (sequential biaxial extension); simultaneous longitudinal uniaxial extension and lateral uniaxial extension (simultaneous biaxial Extension); a method of extending in a direction inclined in the MD direction (inclined extension) or the like. The term "inclined direction" as used herein means a direction that is not parallel and is not orthogonal.

使用此種製造裝置300而製造複層薄膜(b)時,係在薄膜成型部320,將固有雙折射為負的非液晶性材料及形成樹脂層(B2)之樹脂進行共擠製之步驟。 When the multi-layer film (b) is produced by using the manufacturing apparatus 300, the film forming unit 320 is a step of coextruding a non-liquid crystal material having a negative intrinsic birefringence and a resin forming the resin layer (B2).

進行共擠製時,在具有模具之擠製機,固有雙折射為負的非液晶性材料及形成樹脂層(B2)之樹脂的熔融溫度,係以設為比該等非液晶性材料及樹脂之玻璃轉移溫度更高80℃的溫度以上為佳,以設為更高100℃的溫度以上為較佳,又,以設為更高180℃的溫度以下為佳,以設為更高150℃的溫度以下為較佳。藉由將在擠製機的熔融溫度設為前述範圍之下限值以上,能夠將樹脂的流動性充分地提高;藉由設為上限值以下,能夠防止樹脂劣化。 In the coextrusion process, in the extruder having a mold, the melting temperature of the non-liquid crystal material having a negative intrinsic birefringence and the resin forming the resin layer (B2) is set to be higher than the non-liquid crystal materials and resins. The glass transition temperature is preferably higher than 80 ° C, preferably higher than 100 ° C, and preferably higher than 180 ° C to set higher 150 ° C. The temperature below is preferred. By setting the melting temperature of the extruder to be equal to or higher than the lower limit of the above range, the fluidity of the resin can be sufficiently improved, and by setting it as the upper limit or less, deterioration of the resin can be prevented.

藉由共擠製,能夠得到依照順序具備樹脂層(B2)、固有雙折射為負的非液晶性材料之層(B1)及樹脂層(B2)之延伸前的複層薄膜(b)340。在所得到的延伸前的複層薄膜(b)340,固有雙折射為負的非液晶性材料之層(B1)的厚度,係能夠依照 在最後所得到的積層體之非液晶性材料之層(B1)及樹脂層(B2)的厚度之比率而設定。從得到充分的遲滯值及機械強度之觀點,非液晶性材料之層(B1)的具體厚度係以10μm以上為佳,較佳為50μm以上,又,從使柔軟性及操作性成為良好之觀點,係以800μm以下為佳,較佳為600μm以下。 By the co-extrusion, the layer (B1) in which the resin layer (B2), the non-liquid crystal material having a negative intrinsic birefringence, and the multi-layer film (b) 340 before the extension of the resin layer (B2) are obtained can be obtained. In the obtained multi-layer film (b) 340 before stretching, the thickness of the layer (B1) of the non-liquid crystal material having a negative intrinsic birefringence can be The ratio of the thickness of the layer (B1) and the resin layer (B2) of the non-liquid crystalline material of the laminated body finally obtained is set. From the viewpoint of obtaining sufficient hysteresis value and mechanical strength, the specific thickness of the layer (B1) of the non-liquid crystal material is preferably 10 μm or more, preferably 50 μm or more, and further, from the viewpoint of improving flexibility and workability. Preferably, it is 800 μm or less, preferably 600 μm or less.

又,在延伸前的複層薄膜(b)340,從充分地得到機械強度之觀點,樹脂層(B2)之每1層的厚度,係以5μm以上為佳,較佳為10μm以上,又,從使柔軟性及操作性成為良好之觀點,係以100μm以下為佳,較佳為50μm以下。 Further, in the multi-layer film (b) 340 before stretching, the thickness of each layer of the resin layer (B2) is preferably 5 μm or more, and more preferably 10 μm or more, from the viewpoint of sufficiently obtaining mechanical strength. From the viewpoint of improving flexibility and workability, it is preferably 100 μm or less, and more preferably 50 μm or less.

而且,延伸前的複層薄膜(b)340之整體厚度,係以20μm以上為佳,較佳為70μm以上,以1000μm以下為佳,較佳為700μm以下。藉由設為前述範圍之下限值以上,能夠得到充分的遲滯值及機械強度,藉由設為上限值以下,能夠使可撓性及操作性成為良好者。 Further, the overall thickness of the multi-layer film (b) 340 before stretching is preferably 20 μm or more, preferably 70 μm or more, more preferably 1000 μm or less, or more preferably 700 μm or less. When the value is equal to or greater than the lower limit of the above range, a sufficient hysteresis value and mechanical strength can be obtained, and if it is equal to or less than the upper limit value, flexibility and workability can be improved.

所得到的延伸前的複層薄膜(b)340,係送至被延伸部330。在延伸部330,係進行將延伸前的複層薄膜(b)340延伸之步驟。 The obtained multi-layer film (b) 340 before stretching is sent to the extended portion 330. In the extending portion 330, a step of extending the multi-layer film (b) 340 before stretching is performed.

延伸溫度係使用形成層(B1)之固有雙折射為負的非液晶性材料之玻璃轉移溫度Tg(B1)而表示時,係以Tg(B1)-20℃以上為佳,以Tg(B1)-15℃以上為較佳,以Tg(B1)-13℃以上為更佳。又,以Tg(B1)+20℃以下為佳,以Tg(B1)+2℃以下為較佳,以Tg(B1)-2℃以下為更佳,以Tg(B1)-11℃以下為特佳。 When the elongation temperature is expressed by the glass transition temperature Tg (B1) of the non-liquid crystalline material having a negative intrinsic birefringence of the formation layer (B1), it is preferably Tg (B1) -20 ° C or more, and Tg (B1). More preferably, it is -15 ° C or more, and more preferably Tg (B1) - 13 ° C or more. Further, Tg(B1)+20°C or less is preferable, Tg(B1)+2°C or less is preferable, Tg(B1)-2°C or less is more preferable, and Tg(B1)-11°C or less is preferable. Very good.

延伸倍率係以1.2倍以上為佳,較佳為2.5倍以上,以6倍以下為佳,較佳為5.0倍以下。延伸倍率為該範圍 時,厚度薄且能夠得到具有所需要的遲滯值之非液晶性材料之層(B1)。在此,延伸次數係可為1次,亦可為2次以上。 The stretching ratio is preferably 1.2 times or more, more preferably 2.5 times or more, and most preferably 6 times or less, more preferably 5.0 times or less. Extension ratio is the range At the time, the thickness is thin and a layer (B1) of a non-liquid crystalline material having a desired hysteresis value can be obtained. Here, the number of extensions may be one time or two or more times.

藉由前述的延伸,在固有雙折射為負的非液晶性材料之層(B1)顯現遲滯值,而且能夠得到具有所需要的光學特性之複層薄膜(b)310。在該複層薄膜(b)310,固有雙折射為負的非液晶性材料之層(B1)之面內的遲相軸,係通常與在延伸部330被延伸的方向垂直。 By the above extension, the hysteresis value is exhibited in the layer (B1) of the non-liquid crystal material having a negative intrinsic birefringence, and the multi-layer film (b) 310 having the desired optical characteristics can be obtained. In the multi-layer film (b) 310, the slow phase axis in the plane of the layer (B1) of the non-liquid crystal material having a negative intrinsic birefringence is generally perpendicular to the direction in which the extending portion 330 is extended.

又,在該製造方法,亦可進行上述以外之步驟。例如亦可對延伸前的複層薄膜(b)340施行預熱處理。 Further, in the production method, steps other than the above may be performed. For example, the pre-extension coating film (b) 340 may be subjected to a pre-heat treatment.

所得到的複層薄膜(b)310,係通常被捲取成為捲物狀而被保存。在使用此種製造方法而得到的複層薄膜(b)310,非液晶性材料之層(B1)的機械強度,但是因為被樹脂層(B2)保護,所以不容易產生破損。 The obtained multi-layer film (b) 310 is usually taken up in a roll shape and stored. The multilayer film (b) 310 obtained by using such a production method has mechanical strength of the layer (B1) of the non-liquid crystal material, but is not easily damaged by the resin layer (B2).

[1.5.3.貼合步驟之例子] [1.5.3. Example of fitting step]

第4圖係示意性顯示將複層薄膜(A)10及複層薄膜(B)20貼合而製造積層體100之裝置400的例子之概略圖。如第4圖所顯示,在製造積層體100時,係能夠使用具備剝離部410、塗布部420、貼合部430及硬化處理部440之製造裝置400。 Fig. 4 is a schematic view showing an example of a device 400 for bonding a multi-layer film (A) 10 and a multi-layer film (B) 20 to produce a laminate 100. As shown in FIG. 4, when manufacturing the laminated body 100, the manufacturing apparatus 400 provided with the peeling part 410, the coating part 420, the bonding part 430, and the hardening process part 440 can be used.

剝離部410,係從如第3圖所顯示進行且延伸後的複層薄膜(b)310,將一側的樹脂層(B2)450剝離之裝置。藉由將一側的樹脂層(B2)450剝離,固有雙折射為負的非液晶性材料之層(B1)之一側的面為露出,而能夠得到具備非液晶性材料之層(B1)及樹脂層(B2)之複層薄膜(B)20。 The peeling portion 410 is a device in which the one-layer resin layer (B2) 450 is peeled off from the multi-layer film (b) 310 which is extended as shown in FIG. By peeling one resin layer (B2) 450, the surface on one side of the layer (B1) of the non-liquid crystal material having a negative intrinsic birefringence is exposed, and a layer having a non-liquid crystal material (B1) can be obtained. And a multi-layer film (B) 20 of the resin layer (B2).

塗布部420係能夠在複層薄膜(B)20之固有雙折射 為負的非液晶性材料之層(B1)之露出的面,塗布接著層之裝置。亦即,使用塗布部420,能夠在複層薄膜(B)之固有雙折射為負的非液晶性材料之層(B1)之與樹脂層(B2)為相反側的面21D,塗布接著劑460。作為接著層的塗布方法,例如能夠使用輥塗布法、簾流塗布法、縫口塗布法等的模塗布法、噴霧塗布法等,而且沒有特別限定。 The coating portion 420 is capable of inherent birefringence in the multilayer film (B) 20 A device for applying an adhesive layer to the exposed surface of the layer (B1) of the negative non-liquid crystal material. In other words, the application portion 420 can apply the adhesive 460 to the surface 21D of the layer (B1) of the non-liquid crystal material having a negative intrinsic birefringence of the multi-layer film (B) opposite to the resin layer (B2). . For the coating method of the adhesive layer, for example, a die coating method such as a roll coating method, a curtain coating method, a slit coating method, or the like, a spray coating method, or the like can be used, and is not particularly limited.

貼合部430係能夠將在複層薄膜(B)所形成的接著層、與複層薄膜(A)之固有雙折射為正的非液晶性材料之層(A2)之與基材(A1)為相反側的面12U貼合之裝置。使用貼合部430貼合之方法,係能夠藉由任意的積層手段來進行。但是,以將貼合時混入的氣泡排除之方式進行為佳。例如,在第4圖所顯示之捲繞式(roll-to-roll)法等的連續積層處理,係藉由例如(i)使貼合輥431與對輥432之間的挾持壓力上升,(ii)使積層處理速度降低,(iii)將貼合輥431設為橡膠製且將對輥432設為金屬製時,以複層薄膜(B)20的總厚度係比複層薄膜(A)10的總厚度更厚之方式選擇複層薄膜(A)10的基材(A1)等的手法,而能夠抑制氣泡的混入。又,在分批積層處理,係例如藉由採用(iv)使面壓上升,(v)真空加壓等的手法,而能夠抑制氣泡的混入。 The bonding portion 430 is capable of bonding the layer (A2) of the adhesive layer formed in the multi-layer film (B) and the non-liquid crystal material having a positive birefringence to the multi-layer film (A) to the substrate (A1). A device that fits the face 12U on the opposite side. The method of bonding by the bonding part 430 can be performed by any lamination means. However, it is preferable to carry out the method of removing the bubbles mixed in the bonding. For example, in the continuous lamination process such as the roll-to-roll method shown in Fig. 4, for example, (i) the holding pressure between the bonding roller 431 and the counter roller 432 is increased ( Ii) reducing the lamination processing speed, (iii) when the bonding roller 431 is made of rubber and the counter roller 432 is made of metal, the total thickness of the multi-layer film (B) 20 is a composite film (A) When the total thickness of 10 is thicker, the method of the base material (A1) of the laminated film (A) 10 or the like is selected, and the incorporation of bubbles can be suppressed. Further, in the batch lamination treatment, for example, by (iv) increasing the surface pressure and (v) vacuum pressing or the like, it is possible to suppress the incorporation of bubbles.

硬化處理部440,係能夠進行使接著層所含有的接著劑硬化的處理之裝置。具體的硬化處理,係能夠按照所使用的接著劑而進行適當的處理。例如,使用紫外線等的活性能量線硬化型的接著劑時,可舉出能夠在TD方向均勻地照射該活性能量線之裝置。作為具體的裝置,例如就紫外線的光源而 言,可舉出低壓水銀燈、中壓水銀燈、高壓水銀燈、超高壓水銀燈、化學燈、黑光燈、微波激發水銀燈、鹵化金屬燈等。 The hardening treatment unit 440 is a device capable of performing a treatment for curing the adhesive contained in the adhesive layer. The specific hardening treatment can be appropriately treated in accordance with the adhesive to be used. For example, when an active energy ray-curable adhesive such as ultraviolet rays is used, a device capable of uniformly irradiating the active energy ray in the TD direction is exemplified. As a specific device, for example, a light source of ultraviolet light In other words, a low-pressure mercury lamp, a medium-pressure mercury lamp, a high-pressure mercury lamp, an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp, a chemical lamp, a black light, a microwave-excited mercury lamp, a halogenated metal lamp, and the like can be cited.

使用此種製造裝置400而製造積層體100時,能夠使用長條的複層薄膜(A)10及複層薄膜(b)310且藉由捲繞式法來製造。例如,將複層薄膜(b)310從複層薄膜(b)310的捲物拉出,而且將所拉出的複層薄膜(b)310送至剝離部410。 When the laminated body 100 is manufactured by using such a manufacturing apparatus 400, the long laminated film (A) 10 and the multilayer film (b) 310 can be manufactured by the winding method. For example, the multi-layer film (b) 310 is pulled out from the roll of the multi-layer film (b) 310, and the pulled-up multi-layer film (b) 310 is sent to the peeling portion 410.

在剝離部410,係進行將一側的前述樹脂層(B2)450從複層薄膜(b)310剝離而得到複層薄膜(B)20之步驟。所得到的複層薄膜(B)20係被送至塗布部420。又,從複層薄膜(b)310被剝離的樹脂層(B2)450,係通常被捲取成為捲物狀而回收。 In the peeling portion 410, a step of peeling the one side resin layer (B2) 450 from the multi-layer film (b) 310 to obtain a multi-layer film (B) 20 is performed. The obtained multilayer film (B) 20 is sent to the coating portion 420. Further, the resin layer (B2) 450 which is peeled off from the multi-layer film (b) 310 is usually taken up in a roll shape and recovered.

在塗布部420,係在複層薄膜(B)20之固有雙折射為負的非液晶性材料之層(B1)之與樹脂層(B2)為相反側的面21D,塗布接著層。亦即,將接著劑460塗布在藉由將樹脂層(B2)450剝離而露出之固有雙折射為負的非液晶性材料之層(B1)的面21D,而且以未硬化狀態之接著劑460的層之方式形成接著層。 The coating portion 420 is applied to the surface 21D of the layer (B1) of the non-liquid crystal material having a negative intrinsic birefringence of the multi-layer film (B) 20 opposite to the resin layer (B2), and an adhesive layer is applied. That is, the adhesive 460 is applied to the face 21D of the layer (B1) of the non-liquid crystal material having a negative intrinsic birefringence which is exposed by peeling off the resin layer (B2) 450, and the adhesive 460 in an uncured state. The layer of the layer forms the next layer.

塗布有接著層之複層薄膜(B)20,係被送至貼合部430。又,在貼合部430,從複層薄膜(A)10的捲物被拉出的複層薄膜(A)10亦被送來。在貼合部430,藉由貼合輥431及對輥432將該等複層薄膜(A)10及複層薄膜(B)20夾入,而將在複層薄膜(B)20之固有雙折射為負的非液晶性材料之層(B1)的面21D所形成的接著層、與複層薄膜(A)10之固有雙折射為正的非液晶性材料之層(A2)之與基材(A1)為相反側的面12U貼 合。複層薄膜(B)20之固有雙折射為負的非液晶性材料之層(B1)係機械強度弱,但是因為被樹脂層(B2)增強,所以在貼合時不會破損。 The multi-layer film (B) 20 coated with the adhesive layer is sent to the bonding portion 430. Further, in the bonding portion 430, the multi-layer film (A) 10 drawn from the roll of the multi-layer film (A) 10 is also sent. In the bonding portion 430, the multi-layer film (A) 10 and the multi-layer film (B) 20 are sandwiched by the bonding roller 431 and the counter roller 432, and the inherent film of the multi-layer film (B) 20 is doubled. The adhesion layer formed by the surface 21D of the layer (B1) of the non-liquid crystal material having a negative refractive index, and the layer (A2) of the non-liquid crystal material having the positive birefringence of the multi-layer film (A) 10 (A1) is the opposite side of the face 12U Hehe. The layer (B1) of the non-liquid crystal material having a negative intrinsic birefringence of the multi-layer film (B) 20 is weak in mechanical strength, but is not reinforced by the resin layer (B2).

此時,在複層薄膜(A)10,當作貼合面之固有雙折射為正的非液晶性材料之層(A2)之與基材(A1)為相反側的面12U之算術平均粗糙度Ra,係以0.001μm以上為佳,較佳為0.005μm以上,以0.1μm以下為佳,較佳為0.05μm以下。藉由將非液晶性材料之層(A2)的面12U之算術平均粗糙度Ra設為前述範圍之下限值以上,能夠使搬送時之複層薄膜(A)與輥的滑性成為良好。又,藉由設為上限值以下,能夠減小霧度(haze)。 At this time, in the multi-layer film (A) 10, the arithmetic mean roughness of the surface 12U on the opposite side to the substrate (A1) of the layer (A2) which is a non-liquid crystal material having a positive intrinsic birefringence as a bonding surface is used. The degree Ra is preferably 0.001 μm or more, more preferably 0.005 μm or more, and most preferably 0.1 μm or less, and more preferably 0.05 μm or less. By setting the arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the surface 12U of the layer (A2) of the non-liquid crystal material to be equal to or lower than the lower limit of the above range, the smoothness of the multi-layer film (A) and the roll at the time of conveyance can be improved. Moreover, by setting it as an upper limit or less, it can reduce haze.

又,在複層薄膜(B),當作貼合面之複層薄膜(B)20之固有雙折射為負的非液晶性材料之層(B1)之與樹脂層(B2)為相反側的面21D之算術平均粗糙度Ra,係以0.0005μm以上為佳,較佳為0.001μm以上,以0.1μm以下為佳,較佳為0.05μm以下。藉由將非液晶性材料之層(B1)的面21D之算術平均粗糙度Ra設為前述範圍之下限值以上,能夠使搬送時之複層薄膜(B)與輥的滑性成為良好。又,藉由設為上限值以下,能夠減小霧度。 Further, in the multi-layer film (B), the layer (B1) of the non-liquid crystal material having a negative birefringence in which the intrinsic birefringence of the multi-layer film (B) 20 serving as the bonding surface is opposite to the resin layer (B2) The arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the surface 21D is preferably 0.0005 μm or more, more preferably 0.001 μm or more, and most preferably 0.1 μm or less, and more preferably 0.05 μm or less. By setting the arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the surface 21D of the layer (B1) of the non-liquid crystal material to be equal to or lower than the lower limit of the above range, the smoothness of the multi-layer film (B) and the roll at the time of conveyance can be improved. Moreover, the haze can be reduced by setting it as an upper limit or less.

隨後,被接著層貼合之複層薄膜(A)10及複層薄膜(B)20,係被送至硬化處理部440。在第4圖所顯示的例子,在硬化處理部440係對接著層照射紫外線而進行接著層的硬化處理。此時,紫外線的照射強度,係在對聚合起始劑的活化有效的波長區域,以50mW/cm2以上為佳,較佳為100mW/cm2以 上,特佳為300mW/cm2以上,以5000mW/cm2以下為佳,較佳為3000mW/cm2以下,特佳為2000mW/cm2以下。藉由將照射強度設為前述範圍之下限值以上,能夠縮短處理時間,又,能夠使硬化反應充分地進行。又,藉由設為上限值以下,例如能夠防止因來自光源的輻射熱、聚合反應熱等的熱量致使接著層黃變以及因硬化收縮致使接著力低落。又,照射時間係能夠按照硬化狀況而設定。而且,以照射強度與照射時間的積表示之累計光量,係以10mJ/cm2以上為佳,較佳為100mJ/cm2以上,特佳為500mJ/cm2以上,以5000mJ/cm2以下為佳,較佳為3000mJ/cm2以下,特佳為2000mJ/cm2以下。 Subsequently, the multi-layer film (A) 10 and the multi-layer film (B) 20 which are bonded together by the subsequent layer are sent to the hardening treatment portion 440. In the example shown in FIG. 4, the hardening treatment unit 440 irradiates the adhesive layer with ultraviolet rays to perform the curing treatment of the adhesive layer. In this case, the irradiation intensity of ultraviolet light, based on the polymerization initiator at the activation wavelength region effective to 50mW / cm 2 or more preferably, preferably 100mW / cm 2 or more, particularly preferably 300mW / cm 2 or more, in order to 5,000 mW/cm 2 or less is preferable, preferably 3,000 mW/cm 2 or less, and particularly preferably 2,000 mW/cm 2 or less. By setting the irradiation intensity to be equal to or higher than the lower limit of the above range, the treatment time can be shortened, and the curing reaction can be sufficiently performed. In addition, by setting it as the upper limit or less, it is possible to prevent, for example, heat of the radiant heat from the light source, heat of the polymerization reaction, and the like, causing yellowing of the adhesive layer and deterioration of the adhesive force due to hardening and shrinkage. Further, the irradiation time can be set in accordance with the curing condition. Further, the integrated light amount expressed by the product of the irradiation intensity and the irradiation time is preferably 10 mJ/cm 2 or more, more preferably 100 mJ/cm 2 or more, particularly preferably 500 mJ/cm 2 or more, and 5000 mJ/cm 2 or less. Preferably, it is preferably 3,000 mJ/cm 2 or less, and particularly preferably 2,000 mJ/cm 2 or less.

藉由硬化處理而接著層硬化。因此,能夠得到依照順序具備基材(A1)、固有雙折射為正的非液晶性材料之層(A2)、接著層、固有雙折射為負的非液晶性材料之層(B1)及樹脂層(B2)之積層體100。 The layer is hardened by a hardening treatment. Therefore, it is possible to obtain a layer (A2) having a substrate (A1), a non-liquid crystal material having a positive intrinsic birefringence, a layer (B1) of a non-liquid crystal material having a negative intrinsic birefringence, and a resin layer. The layered body 100 of (B2).

所得到的積層體100,係通常被捲取成為捲物狀而保存。如此,在上述的的製造方法,能夠使用捲繞式法,藉由使用長條薄膜之製造線,在MD方向連續地進行生產製程。因此,製造積層體時,能夠藉由聯機(in line)而簡便且有效率地進行各步驟的一部分或全部。因而,能夠穩定且容易地製造積層體。 The obtained laminated body 100 is usually wound up and stored in a roll shape. As described above, in the above-described manufacturing method, the winding method can be used to continuously perform the production process in the MD direction by using the manufacturing line of the long film. Therefore, when manufacturing a laminated body, part or all of each step can be performed easily and efficiently by in line. Therefore, the laminated body can be manufactured stably and easily.

上述的製造方法亦可進一步含有任意的步驟。例如,亦可含有對當作貼合面之固有雙折射為正的非液晶性材料之層(A2)之與基材(A1)為相反側的面12U、及固有雙折射為負的非液晶性材料之層(B1)之與樹脂層(B2)為相反側的面21D,施行電暈處理等的表面處理之步驟。藉此,能夠提高複層薄膜 (A)與複層薄膜(B)的接著力。 The above production method may further contain any step. For example, it may include a surface 12U opposite to the substrate (A1) and a non-liquid crystal having a negative intrinsic birefringence for the layer (A2) of the non-liquid crystal material having a positive birefringence as the bonding surface. The surface 21D of the layer of the material (B1) on the opposite side to the resin layer (B2) is subjected to a surface treatment such as corona treatment. Thereby, the laminated film can be improved (A) Adhesion to the multilayer film (B).

又,上述的製造方法亦可進一步變更而實施。例如,亦可設為在固有雙折射為正的非液晶性材料之層(A2)之與基材(A1)為相反側的面12U,預先塗布接著層,而且將該接著層、與複層薄膜(B)20之固有雙折射為負的非液晶性材料之層(B1)之與樹脂層(B2)為相反側的面21D貼合。亦即,進行含有將接著層塗布在複層薄膜(A)之固有雙折射為正的非液晶性材料之層(A2)之與基材(A1)為相反側的面12U、及複層薄膜(B)之前述固有雙折射為負的非液晶性材料之層(B1)之與樹脂層(B2)為相反側的面21D之中一側的面之步驟;及將接著層與未塗布有接著層之另一側的面貼合之步驟時,係將接著層塗布在面12U及面21D的任一者均無妨。 Moreover, the above-described manufacturing method can be further modified and implemented. For example, the surface 12U on the side opposite to the substrate (A1) of the layer (A2) of the non-liquid crystal material having a positive intrinsic birefringence may be applied, and the adhesive layer may be applied in advance, and the adhesive layer and the double layer may be applied. The layer (B1) of the negative non-liquid crystal material in which the intrinsic birefringence of the film (B) 20 is negative is bonded to the surface 21D on the opposite side to the resin layer (B2). That is, a surface 12U and a multi-layer film on the opposite side to the substrate (A1) of the layer (A2) of the non-liquid crystal material having the intrinsic birefringence of the multi-layered film (A) coated with the adhesive layer (A) are applied. (B) a step of the side of the layer (B1) of the non-liquid crystal material having a negative intrinsic birefringence and a side of the surface 21D opposite to the resin layer (B2); and the adhesive layer and the uncoated layer When the surface of the other side of the layer is bonded to the surface, the adhesive layer may be applied to either of the surface 12U and the surface 21D.

而且,例如,上述的積層體係亦可藉由擠製直接製造具有非液晶性材料之層(B1)及樹脂層(B2)各1層之複層薄膜(B),而且透過接著層將該複層薄膜(B)與複層薄膜(A)貼合而製造。 Further, for example, the above-mentioned laminated system can also directly produce a multi-layer film (B) having a layer (B1) of a non-liquid crystal material and a layer of a resin layer (B2) by extrusion, and the composite film is passed through the adhesive layer. The layer film (B) is produced by laminating the film (B).

[2.相位差薄膜] [2. Phase difference film]

本發明的相位差薄膜,係將基材(A1)及樹脂層(B2)從上述的積層體剝離而成者。因此,該相位差薄膜,係依照順序具備固有雙折射為正的非液晶性材料之層(A2)、接著層及固有雙折射為負的非液晶性材料之層(B1)。在上述的積層體,該等固有雙折射為正的非液晶性材料之層(A2)及固有雙折射為負的非液晶性材料之層(B1)係厚度薄,又,在面內均勻地具有所需要的遲滯值。因此,從該積層體所得到的相位差薄膜,係具有所 需要的光學性能且厚度薄,而且能夠穩定地製造。 The retardation film of the present invention is obtained by peeling the base material (A1) and the resin layer (B2) from the above laminated body. Therefore, the retardation film is provided with a layer (A2) of a non-liquid crystal material having a positive intrinsic birefringence, a layer (B1) of a non-liquid crystal material having a negative intrinsic birefringence, and a layer. In the above laminated body, the layer (A2) of the non-liquid crystal material having a positive intrinsic birefringence and the layer (B1) of the non-liquid crystal material having a negative intrinsic birefringence are thin, and are uniformly in-plane. Has the required hysteresis value. Therefore, the retardation film obtained from the laminate has a structure The required optical properties are thin and thin, and can be manufactured stably.

從使用作為光學薄膜之觀點,相位差薄膜之總光線透射率係以85%以上為佳,以92%以上為較佳,又,通常為100%以下。在此,相位差薄膜的總光線透射率,係依據JIS K7361-1997且使用日本電色工業公司製「濁度計NDH-300A」測定5處,由此所求得之平均值。 From the viewpoint of use as an optical film, the total light transmittance of the retardation film is preferably 85% or more, more preferably 92% or more, and usually 100% or less. Here, the total light transmittance of the retardation film was measured at five points in accordance with JIS K7361-1997 and using a "turbidity meter NDH-300A" manufactured by Nippon Denshoku Industries Co., Ltd., and the average value was obtained.

相位差薄膜的霧度,係以1%以下為佳,較佳為0.8%以下,特佳為0.5%以下,又,通常為0%以上。藉由將霧度設為低值,能夠提高組入有相位差薄膜之顯示裝置的顯示影像之鮮明性。在此,霧度係依據JIS K7361-1997且使用日本電色工業公司製「濁度計NDH-300A」測定5處,由此所求得之平均值。 The haze of the retardation film is preferably 1% or less, more preferably 0.8% or less, particularly preferably 0.5% or less, and usually 0% or more. By setting the haze to a low value, the sharpness of the display image of the display device incorporating the retardation film can be improved. Here, the haze was measured at five places in accordance with JIS K7361-1997 and using a "turbidity meter NDH-300A" manufactured by Nippon Denshoku Industries Co., Ltd., and the average value was obtained.

相位差薄膜係△YI以5以下為佳,以3以下為較佳,又,通常為0以上。該△YI為上述範圍時,能夠使不著色而視認性成為良好。在此,△YI係依據ASTM E313且使用日本電飾工業公司製「分光色差計SE2000」進行5次同樣的測定,以其算術平均值的方式求取。 The retardation film system ΔYI is preferably 5 or less, more preferably 3 or less, and usually 0 or more. When the ΔYI is in the above range, it is possible to prevent coloration and to improve visibility. Here, ΔYI was measured in the same manner five times in accordance with ASTM E313 and using "Spectrophotometer SE2000" manufactured by Nippon Denshi Kogyo Co., Ltd., and obtained by arithmetic mean value.

相位差薄膜的厚度係通常為5μm以上,以8μm以上為佳,較佳為10μm以上,通常500μm以下,以80μm以下為佳,較佳為50μm以下,特佳為20μm以下。 The thickness of the retardation film is usually 5 μm or more, preferably 8 μm or more, preferably 10 μm or more, usually 500 μm or less, preferably 80 μm or less, preferably 50 μm or less, and particularly preferably 20 μm or less.

[3.偏光板] [3. Polarizer]

第5圖係示意性顯示將本發明的一實施形態之偏光板,在其垂直於主面的平面之剖面之圖。如第5圖所顯示,偏光板500係具備偏光片510、及前述的相位差薄膜520。該偏光板500 之基本結構,係在偏光片510的一側或兩側,按照必要而透過接著層或黏著層530,將當作保護層之本發明的相位差薄膜520接著而成者。此時,相位差薄膜520的方向係任意,如第5圖所顯示,可在固有雙折射為正的非液晶性材料之層(A2)12側,將相位差薄膜520與偏光片510貼合,又,亦可在反方向,在固有雙折射為負的非液晶性材料之層(B1)21側與偏光片510貼合。 Fig. 5 is a view schematically showing a cross section of a polarizing plate according to an embodiment of the present invention, which is perpendicular to a plane of a principal surface. As shown in FIG. 5, the polarizing plate 500 includes a polarizing plate 510 and the above-described retardation film 520. The polarizing plate 500 The basic structure is formed by adhering the retardation film 520 of the present invention as a protective layer to one side or both sides of the polarizer 510 through the adhesive layer or the adhesive layer 530 as necessary. At this time, the direction of the retardation film 520 is arbitrary, and as shown in FIG. 5, the retardation film 520 and the polarizer 510 can be bonded to the layer (A2) 12 side of the non-liquid crystal material having a positive intrinsic birefringence. Further, in the opposite direction, the polarizer 510 may be bonded to the layer (B1) 21 of the non-liquid crystal material having a negative intrinsic birefringence.

作為偏光片,例如可舉出在聚乙烯醇、部分甲縮醛化聚乙烯醇等適當的乙烯醇系聚合物之薄膜,以適當的順序及方式施行使用碘和二色性染料等的二色性物質之染色處理、延伸處理、交聯處理等適當的處理而成者。此種偏光片,係能夠使自然光入射及使直線偏光透射者,特別是以光透射率及偏光度優異者為佳。偏光片的厚度係通常為5μm~80μm,但是未被此限定。 Examples of the polarizer include a film of a suitable vinyl alcohol polymer such as polyvinyl alcohol or partially methylalized polyvinyl alcohol, and two colors such as iodine and a dichroic dye are used in an appropriate order and manner. Appropriate treatment such as dyeing treatment, elongation treatment, and crosslinking treatment of a substance. Such a polarizer is preferably one in which natural light is incident and linearly polarized light is transmitted, and in particular, it is preferable that the light transmittance and the degree of polarization are excellent. The thickness of the polarizer is usually from 5 μm to 80 μm, but is not limited thereto.

偏光片的至少一側係使其接著本發明的相位差薄膜,另外一側可設置任意的保護層。作為保護層,能夠使用任意的透明薄膜。尤其是以透明性、機械強度、熱安定性、水分遮蔽性等優異之樹脂薄膜為佳。作為此種樹脂,可舉出三乙酸纖維素等的乙酸酯系樹脂、聚酯系樹脂、聚醚碸系樹脂、聚碳酸酯系樹脂、聚醯胺系樹脂、聚醯亞胺系樹脂、聚烯烴系樹脂、具有脂環式結構的聚合物樹脂、丙烯酸系樹脂等。尤其是就雙折射小而言,以乙酸酯系樹脂、具有脂環式結構的聚合物樹脂、丙烯酸系樹脂為佳,從透明性、低吸濕性、尺寸安定性、輕量性等之觀點,以具有脂環式結構的聚合物樹脂為特佳。從 偏光板的薄型化之觀點,保護層的厚度,係以500μm以下為佳,較佳為300μm以下,特佳為150μm以下,通常為5μm以上。 At least one side of the polarizer is attached to the retardation film of the present invention, and the other side may be provided with any protective layer. As the protective layer, any transparent film can be used. In particular, a resin film excellent in transparency, mechanical strength, thermal stability, moisture shielding property, and the like is preferable. Examples of such a resin include an acetate resin such as cellulose triacetate, a polyester resin, a polyether oxime resin, a polycarbonate resin, a polyamide resin, and a polyimide resin. A polyolefin resin, a polymer resin having an alicyclic structure, an acrylic resin, or the like. In particular, in terms of small birefringence, an acetate resin, a polymer resin having an alicyclic structure, or an acrylic resin is preferable, and transparency, low hygroscopicity, dimensional stability, and lightness are preferable. The viewpoint is particularly preferred as a polymer resin having an alicyclic structure. From The thickness of the protective layer is preferably 500 μm or less, more preferably 300 μm or less, particularly preferably 150 μm or less, and usually 5 μm or more, from the viewpoint of the thickness reduction of the polarizing plate.

作為接著層或黏著層,係能夠使用任意的接著劑或黏著劑之層。作為接著劑或黏著劑,例如,可舉出丙烯酸系、矽酮系、聚酯系、聚胺甲酸酯系、聚醚系、橡膠系等。該等之中,從耐熱性、透明性等之觀點,以丙烯酸系為佳。 As the adhesive layer or the adhesive layer, any layer of an adhesive or an adhesive can be used. Examples of the adhesive or the adhesive include an acrylic, an anthrone, a polyester, a polyurethane, a polyether, and a rubber. Among these, acrylic acid is preferred from the viewpoints of heat resistance, transparency, and the like.

又,在偏光板,相位差薄膜之面內的遲相軸與偏光片的透射軸,係通常設為平行或正交。 Further, in the polarizing plate, the slow axis of the retardation film and the transmission axis of the polarizer are generally parallel or orthogonal.

偏光板的厚度(依照順序具備保護層、偏光片、接著層、具有正的固有雙折射之非液晶性材料層(A2)、接著層、具有負的固有雙折射之非液晶性材料層(B1)之偏光板的厚度),係以70μm以上為佳,較佳為80μm以上,特佳為90μm以上,以150μm以下為佳,較佳為140μm以下,特佳為120μm以下。藉由使用本發明的相位差薄膜,能夠實現如此薄的偏光板。 The thickness of the polarizing plate (in order, a protective layer, a polarizer, an adhesive layer, a non-liquid crystal material layer (A2) having positive intrinsic birefringence, an adhesive layer, and a non-liquid crystal material layer having a negative intrinsic birefringence (B1) The thickness of the polarizing plate is preferably 70 μm or more, more preferably 80 μm or more, particularly preferably 90 μm or more, more preferably 150 μm or less, still more preferably 140 μm or less, and particularly preferably 120 μm or less. Such a thin polarizing plate can be realized by using the retardation film of the present invention.

此種偏光板,係例如藉由將基材(A1)或樹脂層(B2)從本發明的積層體剝下,在因此而露出之固有雙折射為正的非液晶性材料之層(A2)的面、或固有雙折射為負的非液晶性材料之層(B1)的面貼合偏光片,而且按照必要而進一步將不需要的層剝下,能夠容易地製造。貼合係可以將切取成為所需要的大小的薄膜分批貼合,亦可使用長條狀薄膜且藉由捲繞式法貼合。 Such a polarizing plate is a layer of a non-liquid crystalline material (A2) in which the base material (A1) or the resin layer (B2) is peeled off from the laminated body of the present invention, and the intrinsic birefringence is positive. The surface or the surface of the layer (B1) of the non-liquid crystal material having a negative intrinsic birefringence is bonded to the surface of the polarizer, and if necessary, the unnecessary layer is further peeled off, and the surface can be easily produced. The bonding system may be used to bond the film which has been cut to a desired size in a batch, or to use a long film and to be bonded by a winding method.

[4.液晶面板] [4. LCD panel]

第6圖係示意性顯示將本發明的一實施形態之液晶面板,在其垂直於主面的平面之剖面之圖。如第6圖所顯示,液晶面板600係具備液晶胞610、及前述的偏光板500。此時,偏光板500的方向係任意,如第6圖所顯示,能夠在偏光片510與液晶胞610之間設置相位差薄膜520。 Fig. 6 is a view schematically showing a cross section of a liquid crystal panel according to an embodiment of the present invention, which is perpendicular to a plane of a principal surface. As shown in FIG. 6, the liquid crystal panel 600 includes a liquid crystal cell 610 and the above-described polarizing plate 500. At this time, the direction of the polarizing plate 500 is arbitrary, and as shown in FIG. 6, the retardation film 520 can be provided between the polarizer 510 and the liquid crystal cell 610.

作為液晶胞,能夠舉出面內切換(IPS;In-Plane Switching)型、垂直配向(VA;Vertically Aligned)型、MVA(多疇垂直配向;Multi-domain Vertical Alignment)型、連續焰火狀排列(CPA;Continuous Pinwheel Alignment)型、扭曲向列(TN;Twisted Nematic)型、超扭曲向列(STN;Super Twisted Nematic)型、HAN(混合配向向列;Hybrid Aligned Nematic)型、光學補償彎曲(OCB;Optically Compenstory Bend)型等。該等之中,能夠特別適合應用在IPS型的液晶胞。 Examples of the liquid crystal cell include an In-Plane Switching (IPS) type, a Vertically Aligned (VA) type, a MVA (Multi-domain Vertical Alignment) type, and a continuous flame-like arrangement ( CPA;Continuous Pinwheel Alignment), Twisted Nematic, Super Twisted Nematic, HAN (Hybrid Aligned Nematic), Optically Compensated Bending (OCB) ; Opticically Compenstory Bend) and so on. Among these, it can be suitably applied to an IPS type liquid crystal cell.

通常,ISP型的液晶胞係具備含有在水平方向平行配向的液晶分子之液晶層。又,具備有此種IPS型的液晶胞之IPS型液晶面板,係通常具備2片偏光片,該2片偏光片的透射軸係對畫面正面為指向上下及左右方向且位於垂直的位置關係。因此,從上下左右的方向傾斜地觀看IPS型液晶面板的畫面時,因為偏光片的2條透射軸係位於正交且能夠看到之位置關係,具有在平行配向之液晶層在例如扭曲型的液晶胞所產生的雙折射變少,所以能夠得到充分的對比。另一方面,從對偏光片的透射軸為方位角45°的方向傾斜地觀看畫面時,外觀上,2片偏光片的透射軸之構成角度係成為從90°偏移之位置關係。因此,先前係直線偏光未完全被遮斷而產生漏光,致使 無法得到充分的黑色而對比低落。 Generally, an ISP type liquid crystal cell system has a liquid crystal layer containing liquid crystal molecules aligned in parallel in the horizontal direction. Further, an IPS type liquid crystal panel including such an IPS type liquid crystal cell usually has two polarizers, and the transmission axes of the two polarizers are in a vertical positional relationship in which the front side of the screen is directed in the vertical direction and the horizontal direction. Therefore, when the screen of the IPS type liquid crystal panel is viewed obliquely from the up, down, left, and right directions, since the two transmission axes of the polarizer are orthogonal and viewable, the liquid crystal layer in the parallel alignment is, for example, a twisted liquid crystal. The birefringence produced by the cells is reduced, so that sufficient contrast can be obtained. On the other hand, when the screen is viewed obliquely from the direction in which the transmission axis of the polarizer is an azimuth angle of 45°, the configuration angle of the transmission axes of the two polarizers is shifted from 90°. Therefore, the previous linear polarization is not completely blocked, resulting in light leakage, resulting in I can't get enough black and the contrast is low.

對此,藉由在IPS型液晶面板,設置本發明的相位差薄膜作為光學補償薄膜,能夠進行補償因液晶胞中之液晶所產生的遲滯值、及補償2片偏光片的透射軸之正交配置。因此,能夠有效地補償在透射光所產生的雙折射而防止漏光,而且能夠在全方位角得到高對比。認為該效果係在其他型的液晶面板亦能夠同樣地得到,但是該效果在IPS型為特別顯著。 On the other hand, by providing the retardation film of the present invention as an optical compensation film in the IPS type liquid crystal panel, it is possible to compensate for the hysteresis value due to the liquid crystal in the liquid crystal cell and to compensate the orthogonality of the transmission axes of the two polarizers. Configuration. Therefore, it is possible to effectively compensate for the birefringence generated by the transmitted light to prevent light leakage, and it is possible to obtain high contrast at an omnidirectional angle. This effect is considered to be similarly obtained in other types of liquid crystal panels, but this effect is particularly remarkable in the IPS type.

本發明的相位差薄膜,係能夠應用在將偏光片配置在液晶胞的一側或兩側而成之透射型、反射型、或透射.反射兩用型等具有任意的結構之液晶面板。又,將該液晶面板與例如稜鏡陣列片、透鏡陣列片、光擴散板、背光板、亮度提升薄膜等的零件組合,能夠構成液晶顯示裝置。 The retardation film of the present invention can be applied to a transmissive type, a reflective type, or a transmission in which a polarizer is disposed on one side or both sides of a liquid crystal cell. A liquid crystal panel having an arbitrary structure such as a reflective dual-purpose type. Further, the liquid crystal panel can be combined with components such as a ruthenium array sheet, a lens array sheet, a light diffusion plate, a backlight plate, and a brightness enhancement film to constitute a liquid crystal display device.

[實施例] [Examples]

以下,顯示實施例而具體地說明本發明,但是本發明係不被以下所說明的實施例限定,在不脫離本發明的申請專利範圍及其均等的範圍之範圍,可以任意地變更而實施。 In the following, the present invention is specifically described by the examples, but the present invention is not limited by the examples described below, and may be arbitrarily changed without departing from the scope of the invention and the scope of the invention.

在以下的說明,只要是未特別事先告知,表示量之「%」及「份」係重量基準。 In the following description, the "%" and "parts" of the quantity are based on the weight basis unless otherwise notified in advance.

又,在以下說明之操作,係只要是未特別事先告知,係在常溫及常壓的條件下進行。而且,所謂二種三層的共擠製成形,係指將2種類的樹脂共擠製而製造具有三層之複層薄膜。又,表面粗糙度Ra,係表示在JIS B0601-1994所規定的算術平均粗糙度。 Further, the operation described below is carried out under normal temperature and normal pressure conditions unless otherwise notified in advance. Further, the so-called two-layer co-extrusion molding refers to co-extruding two kinds of resins to produce a multi-layered film having three layers. Further, the surface roughness Ra is an arithmetic mean roughness defined in JIS B0601-1994.

[測定方法] [test methods]

[遲滯值的測定方法] [Method for measuring hysteresis value]

薄膜的各層之面內方向的遲滯值及厚度方向的遲滯值,係使用自動雙折射計(王子計測機器「KOBRA-21ADH」)且以波長550nm測定。測定係在薄膜的寬度方向之中心附近5點進行且將其平均值設為測定值。 The hysteresis value in the in-plane direction of each layer of the film and the hysteresis value in the thickness direction were measured using an automatic birefringence meter (Korean measuring instrument "KOBRA-21ADH") at a wavelength of 550 nm. The measurement was performed at 5 points in the vicinity of the center in the width direction of the film, and the average value thereof was taken as a measured value.

針對固有雙折射為負的非液晶性材料之層(B1),係使用以下的方法進行測定。將樹脂層(B2)從複層薄膜(B)剝離而得到固有雙折射為負的非液晶性材料之層(B1)。將使用如此進行而得到的固有雙折射為負的非液晶性材料之層(B1)單體所測定之值設為測定值。 The layer (B1) of the non-liquid crystal material having a negative intrinsic birefringence was measured by the following method. The resin layer (B2) is peeled off from the multi-layer film (B) to obtain a layer (B1) of a non-liquid crystal material having a negative intrinsic birefringence. The value measured by using the layer (B1) of the non-liquid crystal material having a negative intrinsic birefringence obtained as described above was used as a measured value.

又,針對雙折射為正的非液晶性材料之層(A2),係使用以下的方法進行測定。將複層薄膜(A)之固有雙折射為正的非液晶性材料之層(A2)側,透過黏著層而黏貼在玻璃基板上,而且將基材(A1)剝下。藉此,將玻璃基板/黏著層/固有雙折射為正的非液晶性材料之層(A2)之複合體準備作為試樣。將使用該試樣所測定之值設為測定值。 Further, the layer (A2) of the non-liquid crystal material having positive birefringence was measured by the following method. The layer (A2) side of the non-liquid crystal material having the intrinsic birefringence of the multi-layer film (A) is adhered to the glass substrate through the adhesive layer, and the substrate (A1) is peeled off. Thereby, a composite of the glass substrate/adhesive layer/layer (A2) of the non-liquid crystal material having a positive in birefringence was prepared as a sample. The value measured using this sample was taken as a measured value.

[剝離力的測定方法] [Method for measuring peeling force]

剝離力係依據JIS K6853-2,以剝離速度100mm/min、試樣寬度20mm進行測定。 The peeling force was measured in accordance with JIS K6853-2 at a peeling speed of 100 mm/min and a sample width of 20 mm.

[拉伸斷裂延伸度] [tensile fracture elongation]

拉伸斷裂延伸度係依據JIS K7162,而試片係依據JIS K7127-1B而製造。拉伸速度係設為5mm/min而測定。 The tensile elongation at break is based on JIS K7162, and the test piece is produced in accordance with JIS K7127-1B. The tensile speed was measured at 5 mm/min.

[實施例1] [Example 1]

[1.1.具備層(B1)及層(B2)之複層薄膜的製造] [1.1. Manufacture of multi-layer film with layer (B1) and layer (B2)]

(樹脂的準備) (Preparation of resin)

將70份之非晶質的聚苯乙烯(PS Japan公司製「HH102」)、30份之聚(2,6-二甲基-1,4-苯醚)(ALDRICH公司製)使用雙軸擠製機混煉,來製造透明的熱可塑性樹脂(X)之丸粒。該樹脂(X)係固有雙折射為負的非液晶性材料。樹脂(X)之玻璃轉移溫度為134℃。 70 parts of amorphous polystyrene ("HH102" manufactured by PS Japan Co., Ltd.) and 30 parts of poly(2,6-dimethyl-1,4-phenylene ether) (manufactured by ALDRICH Co., Ltd.) were biaxially extruded. The machine is kneaded to produce a pellet of a transparent thermoplastic resin (X). The resin (X) is a non-liquid crystalline material having a negative intrinsic birefringence. The glass transition temperature of the resin (X) was 134 °C.

作為熱可塑性樹脂(Y),係將含有聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯及橡膠粒子的甲基丙烯酸樹脂(玻璃轉移溫度105℃)之丸粒,投入薄膜成型裝置之一側的單軸擠製機且使其熔融。 As the thermoplastic resin (Y), a pellet of a methacrylic resin (glass transition temperature: 105 ° C) containing polymethyl methacrylate and rubber particles is placed in a uniaxial extruder on one side of a film forming apparatus. Let it melt.

又,將前述的樹脂(X)之丸粒,投入薄膜成型裝置之另一側的單軸擠製機且使其熔融。 Further, the pellet of the above resin (X) was placed in a uniaxial extruder on the other side of the film forming apparatus and melted.

(共擠製步驟) (co-extruding step)

準備二種三層之共擠製成形用的薄膜成形裝置。 A two-layer three-layer film forming apparatus for co-extrusion molding was prepared.

使熔融後的熱可塑性樹脂(Y),通過孔眼開度10μm之葉盤(leaf disc)狀高分子過濾器而供給至薄膜成型裝置之多歧管模具(擠壓模唇的表面粗糙度Ra=0.1μm)之一側的歧管。 The molten thermoplastic resin (Y) was supplied to a multi-manifold mold of a film forming apparatus through a leaf disc-shaped polymer filter having a pore opening degree of 10 μm (surface roughness Ra of the extrusion lip = Manifold on one side of 0.1 μm).

又,使熔融後的樹脂(X),通過孔眼開度10μm之葉盤狀高分子過濾器而供給至薄膜成型裝置之另一側的歧管。 Further, the molten resin (X) was supplied to a manifold on the other side of the film forming apparatus through a leaf disc-shaped polymer filter having an opening degree of 10 μm.

將熱可塑性樹脂(Y)及樹脂(X),邊以得到所需要厚度的樹脂層之方式調整擠製條件,邊從前述多歧管模具於260℃同時擠製,而成形為熱可塑性樹脂(Y)的層(B2)/樹脂(X)的層(B1)/熱可塑性樹脂(Y)的層(B2)之薄膜狀的3層結構。將如此被共擠製成為薄膜狀之熔融樹脂,鑄塑於經調整為表面溫度115℃之冷卻輥,其次,使其通過經調整為表面溫度120℃之2 支冷卻輥之間。藉此,得到依照順序具備熱可塑性樹脂(Y)的層(B2)、作為固有雙折射為負的非液晶性材料之樹脂(X)的層(B1)、及熱可塑性樹脂(Y)的層(B2)之3層結構的複層薄膜(b)。 The thermoplastic resin (Y) and the resin (X) were extruded to form a resin layer of a desired thickness, and extruded at a temperature of 260 ° C from the multi-manifold mold to form a thermoplastic resin ( A film-like three-layer structure of the layer (B2) of the layer Y), the layer (B1) of the resin (X), and the layer (B2) of the thermoplastic resin (Y). The molten resin thus coextruded into a film form was cast on a cooling roll adjusted to a surface temperature of 115 ° C, and secondly, passed through a surface temperature of 120 ° C. Between the cooling rollers. Thereby, a layer (B2) in which the thermoplastic resin (Y) is provided in this order, a layer (B1) of the resin (X) which is a non-liquid crystal material having a negative intrinsic birefringence, and a layer of the thermoplastic resin (Y) are obtained. (B2) 3-layer structured multi-layer film (b).

(延伸步驟) (extension step)

其次,以藉由延伸得到在TD方向平行的面內遲相軸之方式,邊調整牽引複層薄膜(b)的張力及擴幅器鏈的張力,邊使用擴幅延伸機進行同時雙軸延伸為縱向1.8倍、橫向1.1倍。延伸時的溫度,係設為比作為固有雙折射為負的非液晶性材料的樹脂(X)之玻璃轉移溫度更低3℃之溫度131℃。 Next, the tension of the traction laminated film (b) and the tension of the expander chain are adjusted by extending the in-plane slow axis in parallel in the TD direction, and the simultaneous biaxial stretching is performed using a spreader. It is 1.8 times in the longitudinal direction and 1.1 times in the lateral direction. The temperature at the time of stretching was set to be 131 ° C lower than the glass transition temperature of the resin (X) which is a non-liquid crystalline material having a negative intrinsic birefringence by 3 ° C.

測定如此進行而延伸後之複層薄膜(b)的各層厚度、面內方向的遲滯值Re及厚度方向的遲滯值Rth。將結果顯示在表1。 The thickness of each layer of the multi-layer film (b) extended in this way, the hysteresis value Re of the in-plane direction, and the hysteresis value Rth of the thickness direction were measured. The results are shown in Table 1.

[1.2.複層薄膜(A)的製造] [1.2. Manufacture of multi-layer film (A)]

將作為固有雙折射為正的非液晶性材料之100份聚碳酸酯樹脂(三菱氣體化學公司製「Yupizeta PCZ200」;玻璃轉移溫 度137℃)、400份甲苯混合而得到樹脂溶液。 100 parts of polycarbonate resin ("Yupizeta PCZ200" manufactured by Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Co., Ltd.) as a non-liquid crystal material having a positive intrinsic birefringence; A degree of 137 ° C) and 400 parts of toluene were mixed to obtain a resin solution.

在形成有作為具有脂環式結構的聚合物樹脂之降莰烯系樹脂之基材薄膜(A1)(日本ZEON公司製「ZEONOR FILM」、厚度80μm、玻璃轉移溫度138℃)上,將前述的樹脂溶液,以乾燥膜厚成為6μm的方式塗布而形成樹脂溶液的膜。將該樹脂溶液的膜於80℃乾燥2分鐘,而得到具備基材薄膜(A1)及聚碳酸酯樹脂層(A2)之複層薄膜(a)。 The base film (A1) ("ZEONOR FILM" manufactured by Zeon Corporation, Japan, ZEONOR FILM, thickness: 80 μm, glass transition temperature: 138 ° C) which is a decylene-based resin having a polymer resin having an alicyclic structure, The resin solution was applied so as to have a dry film thickness of 6 μm to form a film of a resin solution. The film of the resin solution was dried at 80 ° C for 2 minutes to obtain a multi-layer film (a) comprising a base film (A1) and a polycarbonate resin layer (A2).

將前述的複層薄膜(a),使用擴幅延伸機於延伸溫度145℃在TD方向以延伸倍率2.7倍進行延伸。藉此,得到基材薄膜(A1)/聚碳酸酯樹脂層(A2)之2層結構的複層薄膜(A)。此時,聚碳酸酯樹脂層(A2)層的膜厚為5μm。 The above-mentioned multi-layer film (a) was stretched at a stretching temperature of 145 ° C at a stretching ratio of 2.7 times in the TD direction at a stretching ratio of 2.7 times. Thereby, a double-layered film (A) having a two-layer structure of the base film (A1) / polycarbonate resin layer (A2) was obtained. At this time, the film thickness of the polycarbonate resin layer (A2) layer was 5 μm.

[1.3.貼合] [1.3. Fit]

將一側的層(B2)從前述之層(B2)/層(B1)/層(B2)之3層結構的複層薄膜剝離,而得到具備層(B1)及層(B2)之複層薄膜(B)。在藉由將一側的層(B2)剝離而露出的層(B1)之表面,施行電暈處理(濕潤指數56dyne/cm)。在經施行該電暈處理之層(B1)的表面,以厚度5μm塗布活性能量線硬化型的接著劑(東亞合成公司製「ARONIX M-6100」)而形成接著層。 The layer (B2) on one side is peeled off from the multi-layer film of the three-layer structure of the layer (B2)/layer (B1)/layer (B2) to obtain a layer having the layer (B1) and the layer (B2). Film (B). The surface of the layer (B1) exposed by peeling one layer (B2) was subjected to corona treatment (wetting index 56 dyne/cm). On the surface of the layer (B1) subjected to the corona treatment, an active energy ray-curable adhesive ("ARONIX M-6100" manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.) was applied to a thickness of 5 μm to form an adhesive layer.

另一方面,在複層薄膜(A)之聚碳酸酯樹脂層(A2)的表面,施行電暈處理(濕潤指數56dyne/cm)。在經施行該電暈處理之聚碳酸酯樹脂層(A2)的表面貼合上述接著層。在該貼合時,係使聚碳酸酯樹脂層(A2)的面內遲相軸、與樹脂(X)的層(B1)的面內遲相軸平行。就使其平行而言,必然能夠使用捲繞式(Roll to Roll)貼合。 On the other hand, on the surface of the polycarbonate resin layer (A2) of the multi-layer film (A), corona treatment (wetting index 56 dyne/cm) was performed. The above-mentioned adhesive layer was bonded to the surface of the polycarbonate resin layer (A2) subjected to the corona treatment. At the time of this bonding, the in-plane retardation axis of the polycarbonate resin layer (A2) is parallel to the in-plane slow axis of the layer (B1) of the resin (X). In terms of being parallel, it is inevitable to use a Roll to Roll fit.

在貼合之後,藉由使用紫外線照射裝置(Fusion UV Systems Japan公司製、CONVEYER UV、累計光量350mJ/cm2)對層(B2)側的面照射紫外線,透過層(B2)及層(B1)而對接著層照射紫外線。藉此,接著層硬化而得到依照順序具備基材薄膜(A1)、聚碳酸酯樹脂層(A2)、接著層、樹脂(X)的層(B1)及熱可塑性樹脂(Y)的層(B2)之積層體。 After the bonding, the surface of the layer (B2) side was irradiated with ultraviolet rays, the transmission layer (B2) and the layer (B1) by using an ultraviolet irradiation device (CONVEYER UV, manufactured by Fusion UV Systems Japan Co., Ltd., integrated light amount: 350 mJ/cm 2 ). The subsequent layer is irradiated with ultraviolet rays. Thereby, the layer is hardened to obtain a layer (B1) and a layer (B) of the base film (A1), the polycarbonate resin layer (A2), the adhesive layer, the resin (X), and the thermoplastic resin (Y). ) The layered body.

[1.4.偏光板的製造] [1.4. Manufacture of polarizing plates]

將基材薄膜(A1)從所製造的積層體剝離。在藉由將基材薄膜(A1)剝離而露出的聚碳酸酯樹脂層(A2)之表面,施行電暈處理(濕潤指數56dyne/cm)。在經施行該電暈處理之聚碳酸酯樹脂層(A2)的表面之端部,以乾燥膜厚成為0.1μm的方式塗布水系接著劑。該水系接著劑係將100份日本合成股份公司製「Gohsefimer Z-200」及1份Glyoxal GX溶解於4949份純水而成之水溶液。準備附有硬塗層的三乙酸纖維素層(厚度50μm)及偏光片(厚度25μm)之薄膜,使該薄膜的偏光片之表面與聚碳酸酯樹脂層(A2)之表面為相向的方式配置而使用貼合機貼合。貼合時,係使依照順序具備聚碳酸酯樹脂層(A2)、接著層、樹脂(X)的層(B1)及熱可塑性樹脂(Y)的層(B2)之積層體的面內遲相軸,與偏光片的透射軸平行。隨後,將熱可塑性樹脂(Y)的層(B2)剝離而得到依照順序具備三乙酸纖維素層、偏光片、接著層、聚碳酸酯樹脂層(A2)、接著層及樹脂(X)的層(B1)之偏光板。所得到的偏光板的厚度為96μm。 The base film (A1) was peeled off from the produced laminate. The surface of the polycarbonate resin layer (A2) exposed by peeling off the base film (A1) was subjected to corona treatment (wetting index: 56 dyne/cm). A water-based adhesive was applied to the end portion of the surface of the polycarbonate resin layer (A2) subjected to the corona treatment so that the dry film thickness was 0.1 μm. This water-based adhesive is an aqueous solution obtained by dissolving 100 parts of "Gohsefimer Z-200" manufactured by Nippon Synthetic Co., Ltd. and 1 part of Glyoxal GX in 4949 parts of pure water. A film of a cellulose triacetate layer (thickness: 50 μm) and a polarizer (thickness: 25 μm) with a hard coat layer were prepared, and the surface of the polarizer of the film was placed opposite to the surface of the polycarbonate resin layer (A2). And use a laminating machine to fit. In the case of bonding, the in-plane retardation of the layered body of the layer (B2) of the polycarbonate resin layer (A2), the adhesive layer, the resin (X), and the layer (B2) of the thermoplastic resin (Y) is sequentially provided. The axis is parallel to the transmission axis of the polarizer. Subsequently, the layer (B2) of the thermoplastic resin (Y) is peeled off to obtain a layer including the cellulose triacetate layer, the polarizer, the adhesive layer, the polycarbonate resin layer (A2), the adhesive layer, and the resin (X) in this order. (B1) polarizing plate. The thickness of the obtained polarizing plate was 96 μm.

[1.5. IPS液晶面板的製造] [1.5. Manufacture of IPS LCD Panel]

將射出側偏光板從市售的IPS模式液晶顯示裝置的IPS液 晶面板剝離。在將IPS液晶面板的射出側偏光板剝離後的面,貼合前述將層(B2)剝離後的偏光板。在貼合時,係使偏光板之樹脂(X)的層(B1)的表面與液晶胞相向。又,使所貼合之偏光板的透射軸,與IPS液晶面板之入射側偏光板的透射軸成為正交偏光(crossed Nicol)。而且,貼合係使用黏著層(LINTEC公司製「MO-T006C」、厚度25μm)而進行。藉此,而得到具有依照順序具備入射側偏光板、IPS型的液晶胞、黏著層、樹脂(X)的層(B1)、接著層、聚碳酸酯樹脂層(A2)、接著層、偏光片及三乙酸纖維素層的IPS液晶面板之液晶顯示裝置。 The IPS solution of the emission side polarizing plate from a commercially available IPS mode liquid crystal display device The crystal panel is peeled off. The polarizing plate from which the layer (B2) was peeled off was bonded to the surface on which the emission-side polarizing plate of the IPS liquid crystal panel was peeled off. At the time of bonding, the surface of the layer (B1) of the resin (X) of the polarizing plate is opposed to the liquid crystal cell. Further, the transmission axis of the polarizing plate to be bonded is perpendicular to the transmission axis of the incident side polarizing plate of the IPS liquid crystal panel. Further, the bonding was carried out using an adhesive layer ("MO-T006C" manufactured by LINTEC Co., Ltd., thickness: 25 μm). In this way, a layer (B1), an adhesive layer, a polycarbonate resin layer (A2), an adhesive layer, and a polarizer having an incident side polarizing plate, an IPS type liquid crystal cell, an adhesive layer, and a resin (X) are provided in this order. And a liquid crystal display device of an IPS liquid crystal panel of a cellulose triacetate layer.

目視確認所得到的液晶顯示裝置之顯示特性時,從正面觀看畫面時,或是在全方位從極角0°~80°的範圍之傾斜觀看時,顯示均良好且均勻。 When the display characteristics of the obtained liquid crystal display device were visually confirmed, the display was good and uniform when viewed from the front side or when viewed from the range of the polar angles of 0 to 80 degrees.

又,為了進行評價該液晶顯示裝置的漏光,在對液晶面板的射出側偏光板之透射軸為方位角45°且從極角-60°至60°測定黑顯示時的畫面,測定之亮度的最大值Ymax為0.55(燭光/m2;candela/m2)。 In addition, in order to evaluate the light leakage of the liquid crystal display device, the transmission axis of the output side polarizing plate of the liquid crystal panel is measured at azimuth angle of 45° and the black display is measured from a polar angle of −60° to 60°, and the brightness is measured. The maximum value Ymax is 0.55 (candle/m 2 ; candela/m 2 ).

[實施例2] [Embodiment 2]

使用苯乙烯-順丁烯二酸酐共聚物(NOVA chemicals Japan公司製「DYLARK D332」、玻璃轉移溫度130℃),代替樹脂(X)作為固有雙折射為負的非液晶性材料。又,將複層薄膜(b)的延伸溫度變更為127℃。 A styrene-maleic anhydride copolymer ("DYLARK D332" manufactured by NOVA chemicals Japan Co., Ltd., glass transition temperature: 130 ° C) was used instead of the resin (X) as a non-liquid crystal material having a negative intrinsic birefringence. Further, the stretching temperature of the multi-layer film (b) was changed to 127 °C.

除了以上的事項以外,係與實施例1同樣地進行而製造液晶顯示裝置且進行評價。 A liquid crystal display device was produced and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except for the above.

[實施例3] [Example 3]

將100份雙順丁烯二醯亞胺樹脂(ARBROWN公司製「BMI1500」的紫外線硬化物;玻璃轉移溫度90℃)、1份光聚合起始劑(BASF Japan公司製「Irg907」)、202份甲苯、及202份乙酸乙酯混合而得到樹脂溶液。在製造複層薄膜(A)時,將該樹脂溶液使用於代替含有聚碳酸酯樹脂的樹脂溶液,作為含有固有雙折射為正的非液晶性材料之樹脂溶液。延伸後之雙順丁烯二醯亞胺樹脂層的膜厚為4μm。 100 parts of bis-cis-butylene imide resin (ultraviolet cured product of "BMI1500" manufactured by ARBROWN Co., Ltd.; glass transition temperature: 90 ° C), one part of photopolymerization initiator ("Irg 907" manufactured by BASF Japan Co., Ltd.), and 202 parts Toluene and 202 parts of ethyl acetate were mixed to obtain a resin solution. In the production of the multi-layer film (A), the resin solution is used in place of a resin solution containing a polycarbonate resin as a resin solution containing a non-liquid crystal material having a positive intrinsic birefringence. The film thickness of the extended bis-butenylene imine resin layer was 4 μm.

又,在製造複層薄膜(A)時,作為基材薄膜,係使用降莰烯系樹脂薄膜(A1)(日本ZEON公司製「ZEONOR薄膜」、厚度80μm、玻璃轉移溫度105℃)。 In the production of the multi-layer film (A), a decene-based resin film (A1) ("ZEONOR film" manufactured by Zeon Corporation, Japan, thickness: 80 μm, glass transition temperature: 105 ° C) was used as the base film.

除了以上的事項以外,係與實施例1同樣地進行而製造液晶顯示裝置且進行評價。偏光板的厚度為95μm。 A liquid crystal display device was produced and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except for the above. The thickness of the polarizing plate was 95 μm.

[實施例4] [Example 4]

使用降莰烯系樹脂(日本ZEON公司製「ZEONOR」;玻璃轉移溫度105℃)代替熱可塑性樹脂(Y)。 Instead of the thermoplastic resin (Y), a norbornene-based resin ("ZEONOR" manufactured by Zeon Corporation, Japan; glass transition temperature: 105 ° C) was used.

除了以上的事項以外,係與實施例1同樣地進行而製造液晶顯示裝置且進行評價。 A liquid crystal display device was produced and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except for the above.

[比較例1] [Comparative Example 1]

與實施例1的步驟[1.1]同樣地進行,而得到熱可塑性樹脂(Y)的層(B2)/含有非晶質的聚苯乙烯(PS Japan公司製「HH102」)及聚(2,6-二甲基-1,4-苯醚)之樹脂(X)的層(B1)/熱可塑性樹脂(Y)的層(B2)之3層結構的複層薄膜。 The layer (B2) of the thermoplastic resin (Y)/amorphous polystyrene ("HH102" manufactured by PS Japan Co., Ltd.) and poly(2,6) were obtained in the same manner as in the step [1.1] of the first embodiment. a double-layered film of a layer (B1) of a resin (X)/layer (B2) of a thermoplastic resin (Y) of dimethyl-1,4-phenylene ether.

在該層(B2)/層(B1)/層(B2)之3層結構的複層薄膜之一側的層(B2)的表面,施行電暈處理(濕潤指數56dyne/cm)。 在經施行該電暈處理之層(B2)的表面,塗布活性能量線硬化型的接著劑(東亞合成公司製「ARONIX M-6100」)而形成接著層。另一方面,在與實施例1同樣之複層薄膜(A)的聚碳酸酯樹脂層(A2)的表面,施行電暈處理(濕潤指數56dyne/cm)。將該經施行電暈處理之聚碳酸酯樹脂層(A2)的表面與上述接著層貼合。在貼合之後,藉由紫外線照射裝置使用與實施例1同樣的條件對接著層照射紫外線。藉此,接著層硬化而得到依照順序具備基材薄膜(A1)、聚碳酸酯樹脂層(A2)、接著層、熱可塑性樹脂(Y)的層(B2)、樹脂(X)的層(B1)及熱可塑性樹脂(Y)的層(B2)之積層體。 On the surface of the layer (B2) on one side of the multi-layer film of the three-layer structure of the layer (B2) / layer (B1) / layer (B2), corona treatment (wetting index 56 dyne / cm) was performed. An active energy ray-curable adhesive ("ARONIX M-6100" manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.) was applied to the surface of the layer (B2) subjected to the corona treatment to form an adhesive layer. On the other hand, the surface of the polycarbonate resin layer (A2) of the multi-layer film (A) similar to that of Example 1 was subjected to corona treatment (wetting index 56 dyne/cm). The surface of the corona-treated polycarbonate resin layer (A2) was bonded to the above-mentioned adhesive layer. After the bonding, the subsequent layer was irradiated with ultraviolet rays by the ultraviolet irradiation device under the same conditions as in Example 1. Thereby, the layer is hardened to obtain a layer (B1) and a layer of resin (X) including the base film (A1), the polycarbonate resin layer (A2), the adhesive layer, and the thermoplastic resin (Y) in this order (B1). And a laminate of the layer (B2) of the thermoplastic resin (Y).

除了使用如此進行而得到的積層體以外,係與實施例1的步驟[1.4]同樣地進行而製造偏光板。該偏光板的厚度係102μm。 A polarizing plate was produced in the same manner as in the step [1.4] of Example 1, except that the laminate obtained in this manner was used. The thickness of the polarizing plate was 102 μm.

又,除了使用如此進行而得到的偏光板以外,係與實施例1的步驟[1.5]同樣地進行而製造液晶顯示裝置且進行評價。 In addition, the liquid crystal display device was produced and evaluated in the same manner as in the step [1.5] of the first embodiment except that the polarizing plate obtained in this manner was used.

目視確認所得到的液晶顯示裝置之顯示特性時,從正面觀看畫面時,或是在全方位從極角0°~80°的範圍之傾斜觀看時,顯示均良好且均勻。 When the display characteristics of the obtained liquid crystal display device were visually confirmed, the display was good and uniform when viewed from the front side or when viewed from the range of the polar angles of 0 to 80 degrees.

又,為了進行評價該液晶顯示裝置的漏光,在對液晶面板的射出側偏光板之透射軸為方位角45°且從極角-60°至60°測定黑顯示時的畫面,測定之亮度的最大值Ymax為0.60(燭光/m2)。 In addition, in order to evaluate the light leakage of the liquid crystal display device, the transmission axis of the output side polarizing plate of the liquid crystal panel is measured at azimuth angle of 45° and the black display is measured from a polar angle of −60° to 60°, and the brightness is measured. The maximum value Ymax is 0.60 (candle/m 2 ).

[結果] [result]

將實施例及比較例的結果顯示在表2。在此,在表2之簡 稱的意思係如以下。 The results of the examples and comparative examples are shown in Table 2. Here, in the simple table 2 The meaning of the weighing is as follows.

薄膜(B)的Tg差:藉由「固有雙折射為負的非液晶性材料之層(B1)之玻璃轉移溫度-樹脂層(B2)之玻璃轉移溫度」所算出之玻璃轉移溫度的差。 The difference in Tg of the film (B) is the difference in glass transition temperature calculated by the "glass transition temperature of the layer (B1) of the non-liquid crystal material having a negative intrinsic birefringence - the glass transition temperature of the resin layer (B2)".

薄膜(A)的Tg差:藉由「固有雙折射為正的非液晶性材料之層(A2)之玻璃轉移溫度-基材(A1)之玻璃轉移溫度」所算出之玻璃轉移溫度的差。 The difference in Tg of the film (A): the difference in glass transition temperature calculated from the glass transition temperature of the layer (A2) of the non-liquid crystal material having a positive birefringence (the glass transition temperature of the substrate (A1).

Re(550nm):在波長550nm所測定之面內方向的遲滯值。 Re (550 nm): hysteresis value in the in-plane direction measured at a wavelength of 550 nm.

Rth(550nm):在波長550nm所測定之厚度方向的遲滯值。 Rth (550 nm): hysteresis value in the thickness direction measured at a wavelength of 550 nm.

MAA樹脂:甲基丙烯酸樹脂 MAA resin: methacrylic resin

NBR樹脂:降莰烯系樹脂 NBR resin: decene-based resin

PC樹脂:聚碳酸酯樹脂 PC resin: polycarbonate resin

BMI樹脂:雙順丁烯二醯亞胺樹脂 BMI resin: bis-n-butylene imine resin

[檢討] [review]

從表2得知,在實施例1~4,係能夠改善IPS型液晶面板的對比。 As is apparent from Table 2, in Examples 1 to 4, the comparison of the IPS type liquid crystal panel can be improved.

因此,能夠確認實施例1~4之相位差薄膜,係具有使IPS 型液晶面板的光學補償成為可能之光學特性。又,實施例1~4之相位差薄膜,係各自能夠從具備基材(A1)、非液晶性材料之層(A2)、接著層、非液晶性材料之層(B1)及樹脂層(B2)之積層體而容易地製造,又,能夠確認亦可將厚度薄化。 Therefore, it can be confirmed that the retardation films of Examples 1 to 4 have IPS The optical compensation of the liquid crystal panel is a possible optical property. Further, the retardation films of Examples 1 to 4 can each be provided with a substrate (A1), a layer (A2) of a non-liquid crystal material, an adhesive layer, a layer (B1) of a non-liquid crystal material, and a resin layer (B2). It is easy to manufacture the laminated body, and it can be confirmed that the thickness can be made thinner.

Claims (15)

一種積層體,包括:複層薄膜A,具備基材(A1)及連接於前述基材(A1)之固有雙折射為正的非液晶性材料之層(A2);複層薄膜B,具備固有雙折射為負的非液晶性材料之層(B1)及連接於前述固有雙折射為負的非液晶性材料之層(B1)之樹脂層(B2);以及1層接著層,單獨介於前述固有雙折射為正的非液晶性材料之層(A2)之與前述基材(A1)為相反側的面、和前述固有雙折射為負的非液晶性材料之層(B1)之與前述樹脂層(B2)為相反側的面之間;其中前述基材(A1)的材料之玻璃轉移溫度與前述固有雙折射為正的非液晶性材料之玻璃轉移溫度之差為+15℃~-15℃的範圍;前述固有雙折射為正的非液晶性材料之層(A2)為負雙軸(negative biaxial)層;以及前述固有雙折射為負的非液晶性材料之層(B1)為正雙軸(positive biaxial)層。 A laminated body comprising: a multilayer film A comprising a substrate (A1) and a layer (A2) of a non-liquid crystal material having a positive birefringence connected to the substrate (A1); and a multi-layer film B having an inherent a layer (B1) of a non-liquid crystal material having a negative birefringence and a resin layer (B2) connected to the layer (B1) of the non-liquid crystal material having a negative intrinsic birefringence; and a layer of the subsequent layer, separately interposed therebetween a layer of the non-liquid crystal material having a positive birefringence (A2) opposite to the substrate (A1) and a layer (B1) of a non-liquid crystal material having a negative intrinsic birefringence and the resin The layer (B2) is between the faces on the opposite side; wherein the difference between the glass transition temperature of the material of the substrate (A1) and the glass transition temperature of the non-liquid crystalline material having the positive intrinsic birefringence is +15 ° C -15 a range of °C; a layer (A2) of the non-liquid crystal material having a positive intrinsic birefringence is a negative biaxial layer; and a layer (B1) of the non-liquid crystal material having a negative intrinsic birefringence is a positive double A positive biaxial layer. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述之積層體,其中前述固有雙折射為負的非液晶性材料之層(B1)與前述樹脂層(B2)之間的剝離力為0.5N/20mm以下。 The laminate according to claim 1, wherein the peeling force between the layer (B1) of the non-liquid crystal material having a negative intrinsic birefringence and the resin layer (B2) is 0.5 N/20 mm or less. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述之積層體,其中前述基材(A1)與前述固有雙折射為正的非液晶性材料之層(A2)之間的剝離力為0.05N/20mm以下。 The laminate according to claim 1, wherein a peeling force between the substrate (A1) and the layer (A2) of the non-liquid crystal material having a positive intrinsic birefringence is 0.05 N/20 mm or less. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述之積層體,其中前述固有雙折射為負的非液晶性材料之玻璃轉移溫度Tg(B1)與前述樹脂層(B2)的樹脂之玻璃轉移溫度Tg(B2)的關係為滿足Tg(B1)>Tg(B2)+20℃。 The laminate according to claim 1, wherein the glass transition temperature Tg (B1) of the non-liquid crystalline material having a negative intrinsic birefringence and the glass transition temperature Tg (B2) of the resin of the resin layer (B2) are the same. The relationship is to satisfy Tg(B1)>Tg(B2)+20°C. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述之積層體,其中前述固有雙折射為負的非液晶性材料之層(B1)的拉伸斷裂延伸度為20%以下。 The laminate according to claim 1, wherein the layer (B1) of the non-liquid crystal material having a negative intrinsic birefringence has a tensile elongation at break of 20% or less. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述之積層體,其中基材(A1),係使用選自由具有脂環式結構的聚合物樹脂、(甲基)丙烯酸樹脂、聚碳酸酯樹脂、(甲基)丙烯酸酯-乙烯基芳香族化合物共聚物樹脂、及聚醚碸樹脂所組成群組之樹脂而形成。 The laminate according to claim 1, wherein the substrate (A1) is selected from the group consisting of a polymer resin having an alicyclic structure, a (meth)acrylic resin, a polycarbonate resin, and a (meth) group. It is formed by a resin composed of an acrylate-vinyl aromatic compound copolymer resin and a polyether oxime resin. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述之積層體,其中前述固有雙折射為正的非液晶性材料,係選自由聚醯亞胺樹脂、順丁烯二醯亞胺樹脂、聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂、聚碳酸酯樹脂、聚酯樹脂及聚胺酯脲樹脂所組成群組。 The laminate according to claim 1, wherein the intrinsic birefringence is a positive non-liquid crystalline material selected from the group consisting of a polyimide resin, a maleimide resin, and a polyamidimide. A group consisting of a resin, a polycarbonate resin, a polyester resin, and a polyurethane urea resin. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述之積層體,其中前述固有雙折射為負的非液晶性材料,係含有將選自由苯乙烯類、苯乙烯類-順丁烯二酸、順丁烯二醯亞胺類及(甲基)丙烯酸酯所組成群組之1種類以上的單體聚合而成的聚合物,及選自由聚碳酸酯聚合物、聚酯聚合物及聚伸芳基醚(polyarylene ether)聚合物所組成群組之1種類以上的聚合物之混合物。 The laminate according to claim 1, wherein the non-liquid crystalline material having a negative intrinsic birefringence is selected from the group consisting of styrene, styrene-maleic acid, and maleic acid. a polymer obtained by polymerizing a monomer of one or more types consisting of imines and (meth) acrylates, and a polymer selected from the group consisting of polycarbonate polymers, polyester polymers, and polyarylene ethers a mixture of polymers of one or more types consisting of a group of polymers. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述之積層體,其中前述樹脂層(B2)係使用選自由具有脂環式結構的聚合物樹脂、(甲基)丙烯酸樹脂、聚碳酸酯樹脂、(甲基)丙烯酸酯-乙烯基芳香族化合 物共聚物樹脂、及聚醚碸樹脂所組成群組的樹脂而形成。 The laminate according to claim 1, wherein the resin layer (B2) is selected from the group consisting of a polymer resin having an alicyclic structure, a (meth)acrylic resin, a polycarbonate resin, and a (meth) group. Acrylate-vinyl aromatic compound It is formed by a resin composed of a copolymer resin and a polyether oxime resin. 一種積層體之製造方法,其係如申請專利範圍第1項所述之積層體之製造方法,包括:將使固有雙折射為正的非液晶性材料溶解於溶劑之溶液展開在前述基材(A1)上之步驟;將展開後的前述溶液乾燥之步驟;及在將前述溶液乾燥之後,將前述基材(A1)延伸而得到前述複層薄膜A之步驟。 A method for producing a laminate according to the first aspect of the invention, comprising: dissolving a solution in which a non-liquid crystalline material having a positive intrinsic birefringence in a solvent is developed on the substrate ( a step of A1); a step of drying the developed solution; and a step of extending the substrate (A1) to obtain the multilayer film A after drying the solution. 一種積層體之製造方法,其係如申請專利範圍第1項所述之積層體之製造方法,包括:將前述固有雙折射為負的非液晶性材料及形成前述樹脂層(B2)之樹脂進行共擠製而得到依照順序具備前述樹脂層(B2)、前述固有雙折射為負的非液晶性材料之層(B1)、及前述樹脂層(B2)之複層薄膜(b)之步驟;將前述複層薄膜(b)延伸之步驟;及將一側的前述樹脂層(B2)從延伸後的前述複層薄膜(b)剝離而得到前述複層薄膜B之步驟。 A method for producing a laminate according to the first aspect of the invention, comprising: the non-liquid crystal material having a negative intrinsic birefringence and a resin forming the resin layer (B2); a step of obtaining a layer (B1) of the non-liquid crystal material (B1) having the negative intrinsic birefringence and a multi-layer film (b) of the resin layer (B2) in the order of the co-extruding; a step of extending the multi-layer film (b); and a step of peeling the one side resin layer (B2) from the extended multi-layer film (b) to obtain the multi-layer film B. 一種積層體之製造方法,其係如申請專利範圍第1項所述之積層體之製造方法,包括:在前述固有雙折射為正的非液晶性材料之層(A2)之與前述基材(A1)為相反側的面、及在前述固有雙折射為負的非液晶性材料之層(B1)之與前述樹脂層(B2)為相反側的面之中之一側的面,形成前述接著層之步驟;將前述接著層、及未形成有前述接著層之另一側的面貼合 之步驟。 A method for producing a laminate according to the first aspect of the invention, comprising: the layer (A2) of the non-liquid crystal material having positive intrinsic birefringence and the substrate ( A1) is the surface on the opposite side and the surface on the side opposite to the surface on the side opposite to the resin layer (B2) of the layer (B1) of the non-liquid crystal material having a negative intrinsic birefringence, and the formation is continued a step of laminating the surface of the adhesive layer and the other side on which the adhesive layer is not formed The steps. 一種相位差薄膜之製造方法,包括將前述基材(A1)及前述樹脂層(B2)從如申請專利範圍第1項所述之積層體剝離。 A method for producing a retardation film, comprising peeling the substrate (A1) and the resin layer (B2) from the laminate according to claim 1 of the patent application. 一種偏光板之製造方法,包括:藉由申請專利範圍第13項所述之相位差薄膜之製造方法來製造相位差薄膜;以及使前述相位差薄膜之前述固有雙折射為正的非液晶性材料之層(A2)的面或前述固有雙折射為負的非液晶性材料之層(B1)的面,與偏光片(polarizer)貼合。 A method for producing a polarizing plate, comprising: manufacturing a retardation film by a method for producing a retardation film according to claim 13; and a non-liquid crystal material having positive intrinsic birefringence of the retardation film The surface of the layer (A2) or the surface of the layer (B1) of the non-liquid crystal material having a negative intrinsic birefringence is bonded to a polarizer. 一種IPS液晶面板之製造方法,包括:藉由申請專利範圍第14項所述之偏光板之製造方法來製造偏光板;以及使前述偏光板與IPS型的液晶胞貼合。 A method of manufacturing an IPS liquid crystal panel, comprising: manufacturing a polarizing plate by the method for producing a polarizing plate according to claim 14; and bonding the polarizing plate to an IPS type liquid crystal cell.
TW102138606A 2012-10-26 2013-10-25 Laminated body, manufacturing method thereof, retardation film, polarizing film, and manufacturing method of IPS liquid crystal panel TWI639030B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2012237262 2012-10-26
JP2012-237262 2012-10-26

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201423172A TW201423172A (en) 2014-06-16
TWI639030B true TWI639030B (en) 2018-10-21

Family

ID=50544672

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW102138606A TWI639030B (en) 2012-10-26 2013-10-25 Laminated body, manufacturing method thereof, retardation film, polarizing film, and manufacturing method of IPS liquid crystal panel

Country Status (4)

Country Link
JP (1) JPWO2014065294A1 (en)
KR (1) KR20150079630A (en)
TW (1) TWI639030B (en)
WO (1) WO2014065294A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2015232591A (en) * 2014-06-09 2015-12-24 住友化学株式会社 Retardation film
TWI718244B (en) * 2016-02-05 2021-02-11 日商三菱瓦斯化學股份有限公司 Thermoplastic resin laminated stretch film
KR102596086B1 (en) * 2016-02-05 2023-10-30 미츠비시 가스 가가쿠 가부시키가이샤 Thermoplastic laminated stretched film
JP6658271B2 (en) * 2016-04-28 2020-03-04 三菱ケミカル株式会社 Method for producing stretched thermoplastic resin sheet
WO2018101204A1 (en) * 2016-11-30 2018-06-07 日本ゼオン株式会社 Polarizing plate and method for manufacturing polarizing plate
WO2018226662A1 (en) * 2017-06-05 2018-12-13 3M Innovative Properties Company Optical body including multilayer optical film and thin adhesive layer
JP7533463B2 (en) * 2019-08-09 2024-08-14 三菱瓦斯化学株式会社 Adhesive sheet for lamination, multilayer body, and method for producing multilayer body

Family Cites Families (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS5027533A (en) * 1973-07-10 1975-03-20
JPS5547381B2 (en) * 1973-09-20 1980-11-29
JP2003240953A (en) * 2002-02-18 2003-08-27 Toray Ind Inc Polarizing plate
JP4397644B2 (en) * 2002-08-30 2010-01-13 富士フイルム株式会社 Retardation plate and manufacturing method thereof, circularly polarizing plate and half-wave plate using the same, and reflection type liquid crystal display device
JP2005037657A (en) * 2003-07-14 2005-02-10 Nippon Zeon Co Ltd Optical laminate, its manufacturing method, and luminance improved film
US20060093809A1 (en) * 2004-10-29 2006-05-04 Hebrink Timothy J Optical bodies and methods for making optical bodies
JP2010249894A (en) * 2009-04-13 2010-11-04 Kaneka Corp Optical compensation film and polarizing plate obtained by using the same, and liquid crystal display apparatus
JP4691205B1 (en) * 2010-09-03 2011-06-01 日東電工株式会社 Method for producing optical film laminate including thin high-performance polarizing film
JP5668760B2 (en) * 2010-12-28 2015-02-12 日本ゼオン株式会社 Retardation film laminate and method for producing retardation film laminate

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
KR20150079630A (en) 2015-07-08
WO2014065294A1 (en) 2014-05-01
JPWO2014065294A1 (en) 2016-09-08
TW201423172A (en) 2014-06-16

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI639030B (en) Laminated body, manufacturing method thereof, retardation film, polarizing film, and manufacturing method of IPS liquid crystal panel
JP4803035B2 (en) Polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device
US10254459B2 (en) Circular polarizing plate, wideband lambda/4 plate, and organic electroluminescence display device
JP5811431B2 (en) Polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device
JP6269477B2 (en) Organic EL display device
WO2008068978A1 (en) Multilayer optical film, liquid crystal panel using multilayer optical film, and liquid crystal display
JP6168045B2 (en) Phase difference film laminate, method for producing phase difference film laminate, and method for producing phase difference film
JP7044468B2 (en) An optical laminate and an image display device using the optical laminate
JPWO2011001836A1 (en) Brightness improving film having adhesive layer, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display device comprising them
JP2008003426A (en) Polarizing plate
JP2010286539A (en) Liquid crystal display and polarizing plate used for the same
WO2019216068A1 (en) Polarizing plate and display device
JP2008181113A (en) Reflection type polarizer and liquid crystal display device
JP6286843B2 (en) Multilayer film manufacturing method, retardation film laminate manufacturing method, polarizing plate manufacturing method, and IPS liquid crystal panel manufacturing method
TW201329542A (en) Optical sheet, transparent conductive laminate and touch panel
JP2010091602A (en) Polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device
JP2014133408A (en) Surface-treated laminate film and polarizing plate using the same
JP2011242582A (en) Polarizing plate set, liquid crystal panel using polarizing plate set and liquid crystal display device using polarizing plate set
JP2004145139A (en) Optical compensation plate, polarizing plate with optical compensation layer using the same, method for manufacturing the same optical compensation plate, and liquid crystal display device using them
JP6303275B2 (en) Retardation film laminate, production method of retardation film laminate, retardation film, production method, and use
WO2017135239A1 (en) Optical laminate and image display device in which said optical laminate is used
JP2022150732A (en) Polarization plate with retardation layer and picture display unit using polarization plate with retardation layer
JP2023162732A (en) Polarizing plate with retardation layer and image display device
JP2008040278A (en) Polarizing plate
WO2014148261A1 (en) Optical laminated body, polarizing plate complex, liquid crystal display device, and production method

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
MM4A Annulment or lapse of patent due to non-payment of fees